Table of Contents


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
 
FORM 10-K
 
x
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012
or  
¨
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For transition period from             to             
Commission File Number 0-51331
 
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)
 
Maryland
75-3199276
(State or Other Jurisdiction
of Incorporation)
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
 
 
15W060 North Frontage Road, Burr Ridge, Illinois 60527
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (800) 894-6900
   
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each Class:
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered:
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share
NASDAQ Global Select Stock Market
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark whether the issuer is a well-known seasoned issuer as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   ¨     No   x .
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes   ¨     No   x .
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x    No   ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   x     No   ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer

¨

Accelerated filer

x
Non-accelerated filer

¨

Smaller reporting company

¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes   ¨     No   x .
The aggregate market value of the registrant’s outstanding voting common stock held by non-affiliates on June 30, 2012, determined using a per share closing price on that date of $7.53, as quoted on The Nasdaq Stock Market, was $149.6 million.
At March 8, 2013 , there were 21,072,966 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value, outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
None




BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
Form 10-K Annual Report
Table of Contents
 
 
Page
Number
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 15.
 
 
 


Table of Contents


PART I
ITEM 1.
  BUSINESS
Forward Looking Statements
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains, and other periodic and current reports, press releases and other public stockholder communications of BankFinancial Corporation may contain, forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that involve significant risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements may include statements relating to our future plans, strategies and expectations, as well as our future revenues, earnings, losses, financial performance, financial condition, asset quality metrics and future prospects. Forward looking statements are generally identifiable by use of the words “believe,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “expect,” “estimate,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “project,” “plan,” or similar expressions. Forward looking statements speak only as of the date made. They are frequently based on assumptions that may or may not materialize, and are subject to numerous uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those anticipated in the forward looking statements. We intend all forward-looking statements to be covered by the safe harbor provisions for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, and are including this statement for the purpose of invoking these safe harbor provisions.
Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results anticipated or projected and which could materially and adversely affect our operating results, financial condition or future prospects include, but are not limited to: (i) the failure of the real estate market to recover or further declines in real estate values that adversely impact the value of our loan collateral and other real estate owned ("OREO"), asset dispositions and the level of borrower equity in their investments; (ii) the persistence or worsening of adverse economic conditions in general and in the Chicago metropolitan area in particular, including high or increasing unemployment levels, that could result in increased delinquencies in our loan portfolio or a decline in the value of our investment securities and the collateral for our loans; (iii) results of supervisory monitoring or examinations by regulatory authorities, including the possibility that a regulatory authority could, among other things, require us to increase our allowance for loan losses or adversely change our loan classifications, write-down assets, reduce credit concentrations or maintain specific capital levels; (iv) interest rate movements and their impact on customer behavior and our net interest margin; (v) less than anticipated loan growth due to a lack of demand for specific loan products, competitive pressures or a dearth of borrowers who meet our underwriting standards; (vi) changes, disruptions or illiquidity in national or global financial markets; (vii) the credit risks of lending activities, including risks that could cause changes in the level and direction of loan delinquencies and charge-offs or changes in estimates relating to the computation of our allowance for loan losses; (viii) monetary and fiscal policies of the U.S. Government, including policies of the U.S. Treasury and Federal Reserve Board; (ix) factors affecting our ability to access deposits or cost-effective funding, and the impact of competitors’ pricing initiatives on our deposit products; (x) the impact of new legislation or regulatory changes, including the Dodd-Frank Act, on our products, services, operations and operating expenses; (xi) higher federal deposit insurance premiums; (xii) higher than expected overhead, infrastructure and compliance costs; (xiii) changes in accounting principles, policies or guidelines; and (xiv) and our failure to achieve expected synergies and cost savings from acquisitions.
These risks and uncertainties, as well as the Risk Factors set forth in Item 1A below, should be considered in evaluating forward-looking statements and undue reliance should not be placed on such statements. We do not undertake any obligation to update any forward-looking statement in the future, or to reflect circumstances and events that occur after the date on which the forward-looking statement was made.
BankFinancial Corporation
BankFinancial Corporation, a Maryland corporation headquartered in Burr Ridge, Illinois (the “Company”), became the owner of all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of BankFinancial, F.S.B. (the “Bank”) on June 23, 2005, when we consummated a plan of conversion and reorganization that the Bank and its predecessor holding companies, BankFinancial MHC, Inc. and BankFinancial Corporation, a federal corporation, adopted on August 25, 2004. BankFinancial Corporation, the Maryland corporation, was organized in 2004 to facilitate the mutual-to-stock conversion and to become the holding company for the Bank upon its completion.
As part of the mutual-to-stock conversion, BankFinancial Corporation, the Maryland corporation, sold 24,466,250 shares of common stock in a subscription offering for $10.00 per share. The separate corporate existences of BankFinancial MHC and BankFinancial Corporation, the federal corporation, ceased upon the completion of the mutual-to-stock conversion. For a further discussion of the mutual-to-stock conversion, see our Prospectus as filed on April 29, 2005 with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3) of the Rules and Regulations of the Securities Act of 1933 (File Number 333-119217).
We manage our operations as one unit, and thus do not have separate operating segments. Our chief operating decision-makers use consolidated results to make operating and strategic decisions.


1



BankFinancial, F.S.B.
The Bank is a full-service, community-oriented federal savings bank principally engaged in the business of commercial, family and personal banking, and it offers our customers a broad range of loan, deposit, and other financial products and services through 20 full-service Illinois based banking offices located in Cook, DuPage, Lake and Will Counties, and through our Internet Branch, www.bankfinancial.com.
The Bank’s primary business is making loans and accepting deposits. The Bank also offers our customers a variety of financial products and services that are related or ancillary to loans and deposits, including cash management, funds transfers, bill payment and other online banking transactions, automated teller machines, safe deposit boxes, trust services, wealth management, and general insurance agency services.
The Bank’s primary lending area consists of the counties where our branch offices are located, and contiguous counties in the State of Illinois. We derive the most significant portion of our revenues from these geographic areas. Through our Wholesale Commercial Lending and National Commercial Leasing Departments, we also engage in multi-family lending activities in selected metropolitan areas outside our primary lending area and in commercial leasing activities on a nationwide basis.
We originate deposits predominantly from the areas where our branch offices are located. We rely on our favorable locations, customer service, competitive pricing, our Internet Branch and related deposit services such as cash management to attract and retain these deposits. While we accept certificates of deposit in excess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) deposit insurance limits, we generally do not solicit such deposits because they are more difficult to retain than core deposits and at times are more costly than wholesale deposits.
Lending Activities
Our loan portfolio consists primarily of investment and business loans (multi-family, nonresidential real estate, commercial, construction and land loans, and commercial leases), which represented 78.9% of our total loan portfolio of $1.030 billion at December 31, 2012 . At December 31, 2012 , $352.0 million , or 33.6% , of our total loan portfolio consisted of multi-family mortgage loans; $264.7 million , or 25.3% , of our total loan portfolio consisted of nonresidential real estate loans; $61.4 million , or 5.9% , of our total loan portfolio consisted of commercial loans; $139.8 million , or 13.3% , of our total loan portfolio consisted of commercial leases; and $8.6 million or 0.8% , of our total loan portfolio consisted of construction and land loans. $218.6 million , or 20.9% , of our total loan portfolio consisted of one-to-four family residential mortgage loans (of which $58.3 million , or 5.6% were loans to investors in non-owner occupied single-family homes), including home equity loans and lines of credit.
Deposit Activities
Our deposit accounts consist principally of savings accounts, NOW accounts, checking accounts, money market accounts, certificates of deposit, and IRAs and other retirement accounts. We provide commercial checking accounts and related services such as cash management. We also provide low-cost checking account services. We rely on our favorable locations, customer service, competitive pricing, our Internet Branch and related deposit services such as cash management to attract and retain deposit accounts.
At December 31, 2012 , our deposits totaled $1.282 billion . Interest-bearing deposits totaled $1.148 billion and noninterest-bearing demand deposits totaled $134.6 million , which included $5.8 million in internal checking accounts such as bank cashier’s checks and money orders. Savings, money market and NOW account deposits totaled $842.5 million , and certificates of deposit totaled $305.3 million , of which $212.9 million had maturities of one year or less.
Related Products and Services
The Bank’s Wealth Management Group provides investment, financial planning and other wealth management services to our customers through arrangements with a third-party broker-dealer. The Bank also provides trust and financial planning services through the Trust Department that we acquired in the Downers Grove National Bank transaction. The Bank’s wholly-owned subsidiary, Financial Assurance Services, Inc. (“Financial Assurance”), sells property and casualty insurance and other insurance products on an agency basis. During the year ended December 31, 2012 , Financial Assurance reported net income of $69,000 . At December 31, 2012 , Financial Assurance had three full-time employees. The Bank’s other wholly-owned subsidiary, BF Asset Recovery Corporation, is in the business of holding title to and selling certain Bank-owned real estate acquired through collection action, and reported a loss of $5.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 .
Website and Stockholder Information
The website for the Company and the Bank is www.bankfinancial.com. Information on this website does not constitute part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
The Company makes available, free of charge, its Annual Report on Form 10-K, its Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, its Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to such reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities


2



Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”), as soon as reasonably practicable after such forms are filed with or furnished to the SEC. Copies of these documents are available to stockholders at BankFinancial’s web site, www.bankfinancial.com , under Stockholder Information, and at the SEC’s web site, www.sec.gov.
Competition
We face significant competition in originating loans and attracting deposits. The Chicago Metropolitan Area and some other areas in which we operate have a high concentration of financial institutions, many of which are significantly larger institutions that have greater financial resources than we have, and many of which are our competitors to varying degrees. Our competition for loans and leases comes principally from commercial banks, savings banks, mortgage banking companies, the U.S. Government, credit unions, leasing companies, insurance companies, real estate conduits and other companies that provide financial services to businesses and individuals. Our most direct competition for deposits has historically come from commercial banks, savings banks and credit unions. We face additional competition for deposits from online financial institutions and non-depository competitors such as the mutual fund industry, securities and brokerage firms and insurance companies.
We seek to meet this competition by emphasizing personalized service and efficient decision-making tailored to individual needs. In addition, we reward long-standing relationships with preferred rates and terms on deposit products based on existing and prospective lending business. We do not rely on any individual, group or entity for a material portion of our loans or our deposits.
Employees
At December 31, 2012 , we had 332 full-time employees and 34 part-time employees. The employees are not represented by a collective bargaining unit and we consider our working relationship with our employees to be good.
Supervision and Regulation
General
As a federally chartered savings bank, the Bank is regulated and supervised primarily by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”). The Bank is also subject to regulation by the FDIC in more limited circumstances because the Bank’s deposits are insured by the FDIC. This regulatory and supervisory structure establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which a financial institution may engage, and is intended primarily for the protection of the FDIC’s deposit insurance fund, depositors and the banking system. Under this system of federal regulation, financial institutions are periodically examined to ensure that they satisfy applicable standards with respect to their capital adequacy, assets, management, earnings, liquidity and sensitivity to market interest rates. The OCC examines the Bank and prepares reports for the consideration of its Board of Directors on any identified deficiencies. After completing an examination, the OCC issues a report of examination and assigns a rating (known as an institution’s CAMELS rating). Under federal law and regulations, an institution may not disclose the contents of its reports of examination or its CAMELS ratings to the public.
The Bank is a member of, and owns stock in, the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago (“FHLBC”), which is one of the 12 regional banks in the Federal Home Loan Bank System. The Bank also is regulated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“FRB”) with regard to reserves it must maintain against deposits, dividends and other matters. The Bank’s relationship with its depositors and borrowers also is regulated in some respects by both federal and state laws, especially in matters concerning the ownership of deposit accounts, and the form and content of the Bank’s consumer loan documents.
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”), which was signed by the President on July 21, 2010, provided for the transfer of the authority for regulating and supervising federal savings banks from the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”), the Bank’s previous regulator, to the OCC. The Dodd-Frank Act also provided for the transfer of authority for regulating and supervising savings and loan holding companies and their non-depository subsidiaries from the OTS to the FRB. The transfers occurred on July 21, 2011. The Dodd-Frank Act also created a new federal agency, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”), as an independent bureau within the FRB system, to conduct rule-making, supervision, and enforcement of federal consumer financial protection and fair lending laws and regulations. The CFPB has examination and primary enforcement authority in connection with these laws and regulations for depository institutions with total assets of more than $10 billion. Depository institutions with $10 billion or less in total assets, such as the Bank, continue to be examined for compliance with these laws and regulations by their primary federal regulators, and remain subject to their enforcement authority.
The Dodd-Frank Act also broadened the base for FDIC assessments for deposit insurance, permanently increased the maximum amount of deposit insurance to $250,000 per depositor and provided non-interest bearing transaction accounts with unlimited deposit insurance through December 31, 2012 . The Dodd-Frank Act increased shareholder influence over boards of directors by requiring companies to give shareholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation and so-called “golden parachute” payments. The legislation directed the FRB to promulgate rules prohibiting excessive compensation paid to company executives, regardless of whether the company is publicly traded. The Dodd-Frank Act also provided for originators of certain securitized loans to retain a percentage of the risk for transferred credits, directed the FRB to regulate pricing of certain debit card interchange


3



fees, repealed restrictions on paying interest on checking accounts and contained a number of reforms related to mortgage origination.
There can be no assurance that laws, rules and regulations, and regulatory policies will not change in the future, which could make compliance more difficult or expensive or otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects. Any change in these laws or regulations, or in regulatory policy, whether by the OCC, the FDIC, the FRB, the CFPB or Congress, could have a material adverse impact on the Company, the Bank and their respective operations. The following summary of laws and regulations applicable to the Bank and Company is not intended to be exhaustive and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the actual laws and regulations involved.
Federal Banking Regulation
Business Activities. As a federal savings bank, the Bank derives its lending and investment powers from the Home Owners’ Loan Act, as amended, and the regulations, pronouncements or guidance of the OCC. Under these laws and regulations, the Bank may invest in mortgage loans secured by residential and nonresidential real estate, commercial business and consumer loans, certain types of securities and certain other loans and assets. Specifically, the Bank may originate, invest in, sell, or purchase unlimited loans on the security of residential real estate, while loans on nonresidential real estate generally may not, on a combined basis, exceed 400% of the Bank’s total capital. In addition, secured and unsecured commercial loans and certain types of commercial personal property leases may not exceed 20% of the Bank’s assets; however, amounts in excess of 10% of assets may only be used for small business loans. Further, the Bank may generally invest up to 35% of its assets in consumer loans, corporate debt securities and commercial paper on a combined basis, and up to the greater of its capital or 5% of its assets in unsecured construction loans. The Bank may invest up to 10% of its assets in tangible personal property, for rental or sale. Certain leases on tangible personal property are not aggregated with commercial or consumer loans for the purposes of determining compliance with the limitations set forth for those investment categories. The Bank also may establish subsidiaries that may engage in activities not otherwise permissible for the Bank directly, including real estate investment and insurance agency activities. A violation of the lending and investment limitations may be subject to the same enforcement mechanisms of the primary federal regulator as other violations of a law or regulation.
Capital Requirements. Federal regulations require federal savings banks to meet three minimum capital standards: a ratio of tangible capital to adjusted total assets of 1.5%; a ratio of Tier 1 (core) capital to adjusted total assets of 4.0% (3% for institutions receiving the highest rating on the CAMELS rating system); and a ratio of total capital to total risk-adjusted assets of 8.0%. The prompt corrective action standards discussed below, in effect, establish a minimum 2% tangible capital standard. The OCC is also authorized to establish individual minimum capital requirements for federal savings banks in excess of the above minimum capital standards.
The risk-based capital standard for federal savings banks requires the maintenance of Tier 1, or core capital, and total capital (which is defined as core capital and supplementary capital) to risk-weighted assets of at least 4% and 8%, respectively. In determining the amount of risk-weighted assets, all assets, including certain off-balance sheet assets, are multiplied by a risk-weight factor of 0% to 100%, assigned by the capital regulations based on the risks inherent in the type of asset. Core capital is defined as common stockholders’ equity (including retained earnings), certain noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus and minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, less intangibles other than certain mortgage servicing rights and credit card relationships. The components of supplementary capital currently include cumulative perpetual preferred stock, long-term preferred stock, mandatory convertible securities, subordinated debt and intermediate-term preferred stock, allowance for loan and lease losses up to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets and up to 45% of net unrealized gains on available-for-sale equity securities with readily determinable fair market values. Overall, the amount of supplementary capital included as part of total capital cannot exceed 100% of core capital. Additionally, a savings bank that retains credit risk in connection with an asset sale may be required to maintain additional regulatory capital because of the recourse back to the savings bank.
At December 31, 2012 , the Bank’s capital exceeded all applicable regulatory requirements and was well capitalized.
Proposed Capital Regulations The federal banking agencies have proposed regulations that would substantially amend the capital regulations currently applicable to us. The proposed regulations would implement the “Basel III” regulatory capital reforms and changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act. “Basel III” refers to various documents released by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision. As published, the proposed regulations contemplated a general effective date of January 1, 2013, and, for certain provisions, various phase-in periods and later effective dates. However, the federal banking agencies have announced that the proposed regulations will not be effective on January 1, 2013. The agencies have not adopted final rules or published any modifications to the proposed regulations. The proposed regulations as published are summarized below. It is not possible to predict when or in what form final regulations may be adopted.
The proposed regulations include new minimum capital ratios, to be phased in until fully effective on January 1, 2015, and would refine the definitions of what constitutes “capital” for purposes of calculating those ratios. The proposed new minimum capital


4



ratios would be: (1) a new common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%; (2) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 6% (increased from 4%); (3) a total capital ratio of 8% (unchanged from current rules); and (iv) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4%. The proposed regulations would also establish a “capital conservation buffer” requirement of 2.5% above each of the new regulatory minimum capital ratios to be phased in starting on January 1, 2016 and fully effective on January 1, 2019. An institution would be subject to limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases, and paying discretionary bonuses if any of its capital levels fell below the buffer amount.
The proposed regulations also implement other revisions to the current capital rules, such as recognition of all unrealized gains and losses on available for sale debt and equity securities, and provide that instruments that will no longer qualify as capital would be phased out over time.
The federal banking agencies also proposed revisions, effective January 1, 2015, to the prompt corrective action framework, which is designed to place restrictions on insured depository institutions if their capital levels show signs of weakness. Under the prompt corrective action requirements, insured depository institutions would be required to meet the following in order to qualify as “well capitalized:” (1) a common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.5%; (2) a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8% (increased from 6%); (3) a total risk-based capital ratio of 10% (unchanged from current rules); and (4) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 5% (unchanged from the current rules).
The proposed regulations set forth certain changes for the calculation of risk-weighted assets, effective January 1, 2015. In particular, the proposed regulations would establish risk-weighting categories generally ranging from 0% for U.S. government and agency securities to 600% for certain equity exposures. Specifics include, among others:
•
For residential mortgage exposures, changing the current 50% risk weight for high-quality seasoned mortgages and 100% risk-weight for all other mortgages to risk weights between 35% and 200% depending upon the LTV ratio and other factors (but VA and FHA guaranteed loans would have 0% risk weight).
•
Applying a 150% risk weight instead of a 100% risk weight for certain high volatility commercial real estate acquisition, development and construction loans.
•
Assigning a 150% risk weight to exposures (other than residential mortgage exposures) that are 90 days past due.
•
Providing for a 20% credit conversion factor for the unused portion of a commitment with an original maturity of one year or less that is not unconditionally cancellable (currently set at 0%).
•
Certain increased capital requirements for counterparty credit risk relating to over-the-counter derivatives, repos and securities financing transactions.
The Company and the Bank have adopted Capital Plans that require the Bank to maintain a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 8% and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 12%. The minimum capital ratios set forth in the Capital Plans will be increased and other minimum capital requirements will be established if and as necessary to comply with the Basel III requirements as such requirements become applicable to the Company and the Bank. In accordance with the Capital Plans, neither the Company nor the Bank will pursue any acquisition or growth opportunity, declare any dividend or conduct any stock repurchase that would cause the Bank's total risk-based capital ratio and/or its Tier 1 leverage ratio to fall below the established minimum capital levels. In addition, the Company will continue to maintain its ability to serve as a source of financial strength to the Bank by holding at least $5.0 million of cash or liquid assets for that purpose.
Loans-to-One-Borrower. A federal savings bank generally may not make a loan or extend credit to a single or related group of borrowers in excess of 15% of unimpaired capital and surplus. An additional amount may be loaned, equal to 10% of unimpaired capital and surplus, if the loan is secured by readily marketable collateral, which generally does not include real estate. As of December 31, 2012 , the Bank was in compliance with the loans-to-one-borrower limitations.
Qualified Thrift Lender Test. As a federal savings bank, the Bank is subject to a qualified thrift lender (“QTL”) test. Under the QTL test, the Bank must maintain at least 65% of its “portfolio assets” in “qualified thrift investments” in at least nine months of the most recent 12-month period. “Portfolio assets” generally means the total assets of a savings institution, less the sum of specified liquid assets up to 20% of total assets, goodwill and other intangible assets, and the value of property used in the conduct of the federal savings bank’s business.
“Qualified thrift investments” include various types of loans made for residential and housing purposes, investments related to those purposes, including certain mortgage-backed and related securities, and loans for personal, family, household and certain other purposes up to a limit of 20% of portfolio assets. “Qualified thrift investments” also include 100% of an institution’s credit


5



card loans, education loans and small business loans. The Bank also may satisfy the QTL test by qualifying as a “domestic building and loan association” as defined in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. At December 31, 2012 , the Bank satisfied the QTL test. A federal savings bank that fails the QTL test must operate under specified restrictions, including limits on growth, branching, new investment and dividends. As a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, noncompliance with the QTL test is subject to regulatory enforcement action as a violation of law.
Capital Distributions. The regulations of the OCC govern capital distributions by a federal savings bank, which include cash dividends, stock repurchases and other transactions charged to the institution’s capital account. A federal savings bank must file an application for approval of a capital distribution if:
•
the total capital distributions for the applicable calendar year exceed the sum of the institution’s net income for that year to date plus the federal savings bank’s retained net income for the preceding two years;
•
the institution would not be at least adequately capitalized following the distribution;
•
the distribution would violate any applicable statute, regulation, agreement or OCC-imposed condition; or
•
the institution is not eligible for expedited treatment of its filings.
Even if an application is not otherwise required, every federal savings bank that is a subsidiary of a holding company must still file a notice with the FRB at least 30 days before the board of directors declares a dividend or approves a capital distribution. At December 31, 2012 , the Bank would be required to file an application for approval of a capital distribution to the Company.
The FRB may disapprove a notice or application if:
•
the federal savings bank would be undercapitalized following the distribution;
•
the proposed capital distribution raises safety and soundness concerns; or
•
the capital distribution would violate a prohibition contained in any statute, regulation or agreement.
Liquidity. A federal savings bank is required to maintain a sufficient amount of liquid assets to ensure its safe and sound operation.
Community Reinvestment Act and Fair Lending Laws. All federal savings banks have a responsibility under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) and related federal regulations to help meet the credit needs of their communities, including low- and moderate- income neighborhoods. In connection with its examination of a federal savings bank, the OCC is required to evaluate and rate the federal savings bank’s record of compliance with the CRA. In addition, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act prohibit lenders from discriminating in their lending practices based on the characteristics specified in those statutes. A federal savings bank’s failure to comply with the provisions of the CRA could, at a minimum, result in regulatory restrictions on its activities. The failure to comply with the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act could result in enforcement actions by the OCC, as well as other federal regulatory agencies and the Department of Justice. The Bank’s CRA performance has been rated as “Outstanding,” the highest possible rating, in the CRA Performance Evaluations of the Bank that have been conducted since 1999.
Privacy Standards. Financial institutions are subject to regulations implementing the privacy protection provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. These regulations require the Bank to disclose its privacy policy, including identifying with whom it shares “nonpublic personal information” to customers at the time of establishing the customer relationship and annually thereafter. In addition, the Bank is required to provide its customers with the ability to “opt-out” of or consent to having the Bank share their nonpublic personal information with unaffiliated third parties before it can disclose such information, subject to certain exceptions. The implementation of these regulations did not have a material adverse effect on the Bank. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act also allows each state to enact legislation that is more protective of consumers’ personal information.
The OCC and other federal banking agencies have adopted guidelines establishing standards for safeguarding customer information to implement certain provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. The guidelines describe the agencies’ expectations for the creation, implementation and maintenance of an information security program, which would include administrative, technical and physical safeguards appropriate to the size and complexity of a financial institution and the nature and scope of its activities. The standards set forth in the guidelines are intended to ensure the security and confidentiality of customer records and information, to protect against any anticipated threats or hazards to the security or integrity of such records, and to protect against unauthorized access to or use of such records or other information that could result in substantial harm or inconvenience to any customer. The Bank has implemented these guidelines, and such implementation has not had a material adverse effect on our operations.
Transactions with Related Parties. A federal savings bank’s authority to engage in transactions with its “affiliates” is limited by OCC regulations and by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and its implementing regulation, Regulation W. The term “affiliates” for these purposes generally means any company that controls or is under common control with an insured depository institution, although subsidiaries of federal savings banks are generally not considered affiliates for the purposes of Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act. The Company is an affiliate of the Bank. In general, transactions with affiliates


6



must be on terms that are as favorable to the federal savings bank as comparable transactions with non-affiliates. In addition, certain types of these transactions are restricted to an aggregate percentage of the federal savings bank’s capital. Collateral in specified amounts must usually be provided by affiliates in order to receive loans from the federal savings bank. Federal regulations also prohibit a federal savings bank from lending to any of its affiliates that are engaged in activities that are not permissible for bank holding companies, and from purchasing the securities of any affiliate, other than a subsidiary.
The Bank’s authority to extend credit to its directors, executive officers and 10% stockholders, as well as to entities controlled by such persons, is currently governed by the requirements of Sections 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation O of the Federal Reserve Board. Among other things, these provisions require that extensions of credit to insiders be made on terms that are substantially the same as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than, those prevailing for comparable transactions with unaffiliated persons and that do not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features, and not exceed certain limitations on the amount of credit extended to such persons, individually and in the aggregate, which limits are based, in part, on the amount of the Bank’s capital. In addition, extensions of credit in excess of certain limits must receive the prior approval of the Bank’s Board of Directors.
Enforcement. The OCC has primary enforcement responsibility over federal savings banks, and this includes the authority to bring enforcement action against the Bank and all “institution-affiliated parties,” including stockholders, attorneys, appraisers and accountants who knowingly or recklessly participate in wrongful action likely to have an adverse effect on an insured institution. Formal enforcement action may range from the issuance of a capital directive or cease and desist order to the removal of officers and/or directors, receivership, conservatorship or the termination of deposit insurance. Civil monetary penalties cover a wide range of violations and actions, and range up to $25,000 per day, unless a finding of reckless disregard is made, in which case penalties may be as high as $1 million per day. The FDIC also has the authority to recommend to the OCC that an enforcement action be taken with respect to a particular savings institution. If action is not taken by the OCC, the FDIC has authority to take action under specified circumstances.
Standards for Safety and Soundness. Federal law requires each federal banking agency to prescribe certain standards for all insured depository institutions. These standards relate to, among other things, internal controls, information systems and audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate risk exposure, asset growth, compensation and other operational and managerial standards as the agency deems appropriate. The federal banking agencies adopted Interagency Guidelines Prescribing Standards for Safety and Soundness to implement the safety and soundness standards required under federal law. The guidelines set forth the safety and soundness standards that the federal banking agencies use to identify and address problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired. The guidelines address internal controls and information systems, internal audit systems, credit underwriting, loan documentation, interest rate risk exposure, asset growth, compensation, fees and benefits. If the appropriate federal banking agency determines that an institution fails to meet any standard prescribed by the guidelines, the agency may require the institution to submit to the agency an acceptable plan to achieve compliance with the standard.
Prompt Corrective Action Regulations . Under the prompt corrective action regulations, the OCC is required and authorized to take supervisory actions against undercapitalized federal savings banks. For this purpose, a federal savings bank is placed in one of the following five categories based on the federal savings bank’s capital:
•
well-capitalized (at least 5% leverage capital, 6% tier 1 risk-based capital and 10% total risk-based capital);
•
adequately capitalized (at least 4% leverage capital, 4% tier 1 risk-based capital and 8% total risk-based capital);
•
undercapitalized (less than 3% leverage capital, 4% tier 1 risk-based capital or 8% total risk-based capital);
•
significantly undercapitalized (less than 3% leverage capital, 3% tier 1 risk-based capital or 6% total risk-based capital); and
•
critically undercapitalized (less than 2% tangible capital).
Generally, the banking regulator is required to appoint a receiver or conservator for a federal savings bank that is “critically undercapitalized.” The regulations also provide that a capital restoration plan must be filed with the OCC within 45 days of the date a bank receives notice that it is “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” or “critically undercapitalized.” A parent holding company for the institution involved must guarantee performance under the capital restoration plan up to the lesser of the institution’s capital deficiency when deemed undercapitalized or 5% of the institution’s assets. In addition, numerous mandatory supervisory actions become immediately applicable to the federal savings bank, including, but not limited to, restrictions on growth, investment activities, capital distributions and affiliate transactions. The OCC may also take any one of a number of discretionary supervisory actions against undercapitalized federal savings banks, including the issuance of a capital directive and individual minimum capital requirements and the replacement of senior executive officers and directors.
The recently proposed rules that would increase regulatory capital requirements would adjust the prompt corrective action categories accordingly.


7



At December 31, 2012 , the Bank met the criteria for being considered “well-capitalized” as defined in the prompt corrective action regulations.
Interest on Deposits. Federal laws and regulations previously prohibited depository institutions from paying interest on commercial checking accounts. The Dodd-Frank Act authorized the payment of interest on commercial checking accounts, effective July 21, 2011.
Insurance of Deposit Accounts. The Bank’s deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the Deposit Insurance Fund of the FDIC. Under the FDIC’s risk-based assessment system, insured institutions are assigned to one of four risk categories based on supervisory evaluations, regulatory capital levels and certain other factors, with less risky institutions paying lower assessments. An institution’s assessment rate depends upon the category to which it is assigned, subject to certain adjustments specified by the FDIC. The FDIC may adjust the scale uniformly, except that no adjustment may deviate by more than two basis points from the base scale without notice and comment. No institution may pay a dividend if it is in default of the federal deposit insurance assessment.
Assessment rates previously ranged from seven to 77.5 basis points of assessable deposits. The Dodd-Frank Act required the FDIC to revise its procedures to base its assessments upon total assets less tangible equity instead of on deposits. The FDIC issued a final rule, effective April 1, 2011, that implemented that change. The FDIC also revised the assessment schedule and certain of the possible adjustments so that the range of assessments is now 2.5 basis points to 45 basis points of total assets less tangible equity.
The Dodd-Frank Act increased the minimum target Deposit Insurance Fund ratio from 1.15% of estimated insured deposits to 1.35% of estimated insured deposits. The FDIC must seek to achieve the 1.35% ratio by September 30, 2020. Insured institutions with assets of $10 billion or more are supposed to fund the increase. The Dodd-Frank Act eliminated the 1.5% maximum fund ratio, instead leaving the ratio to the discretion of the FDIC. The FDIC recently exercised that discretion by establishing a long-range fund ratio of 2%.
The FDIC has authority to increase insurance assessments. A significant increase in insurance premiums would be likely have an adverse effect on the operating expenses and results of operations of the Bank. The Bank cannot predict what its insurance assessment rates will be in the future.
An insured institution’s deposit insurance may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or regulatory condition imposed in writing. The management of the Bank does not know of any practice, condition or violation that might lead to termination of deposit insurance.
In addition to the FDIC assessments, the Financing Corporation (“FICO”) is authorized to impose and collect, with the approval of the FDIC, assessments for anticipated payments, issuance costs and custodial fees on bonds issued by the FICO in the 1980’s to recapitalize the former Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation. The bonds issued by the FICO are due to mature in 2017 through 2019.
Prohibitions Against Tying Arrangements . Federal savings banks are prohibited, subject to some exceptions, from extending credit to or offering any other service, or fixing or varying the consideration for such extension of credit or service, on the condition that the customer obtain some additional service from the institution or its affiliates or not obtain services of a competitor of the institution.
Federal Home Loan Bank System. The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System, which consists of 12 regional Federal Home Loan Banks. The Federal Home Loan Bank System provides a central credit facility primarily for member institutions. As a member of the FHLBC, the Bank is required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in the FHLBC in specified amounts. As of December 31, 2012 , the Bank was in compliance with this requirement.
The USA PATRIOT Act and the Bank Secrecy Act
The USA PATRIOT Act and the Bank Secrecy Act require financial institutions to develop programs to detect and report money-laundering and terrorist activities, as well as suspicious activities. The USA PATRIOT Act also gives the federal government powers to address terrorist threats through enhanced domestic security measures, expanded surveillance powers, increased information sharing and broadened anti-money laundering requirements. The federal banking agencies are required to take into consideration the effectiveness of controls designed to combat money-laundering activities in determining whether to approve a merger or other acquisition application of a member institution. Accordingly, if we engage in a merger or other acquisition, our controls designed to combat money laundering would be considered as part of the application process. In addition, non-compliance with these laws and regulations could result in fines, penalties and other enforcement measures. We have developed policies, procedures and systems designed to comply with these laws and regulations.


8



Federal Reserve System
The FRB’s regulations require federal savings banks to maintain noninterest-earning reserves against their transaction accounts, such as negotiable order of withdrawal and regular checking accounts. At December 31, 2012 , the Bank was in compliance with these reserve requirements. The balances maintained to meet the reserve requirements imposed by the FRB may be used to satisfy liquidity requirements imposed by the federal regulation.
Holding Company Regulation
The Company is a unitary savings and loan holding company and is subject to regulation and supervision by the FRB. The FRB has enforcement authority over the Company and its non-savings institution subsidiaries. Among other things, this authority permits the FRB to restrict or prohibit activities that are determined to be a risk to the Bank. The Dodd-Frank Act provided for the transfer of the authority for supervising and regulating savings and loan holding companies and their non-depository subsidiaries from the OTS to the FRB. The transfer occurred on July 21, 2011.
The Company's activities are limited to the activities permissible for financial holding companies or for multiple savings and loan holding companies. A financial holding company may engage in activities that are financial in nature, including underwriting equity securities and insurance, incidental to financial activities or complementary to a financial activity. The Dodd-Frank Act specifies that a savings and loan holding company may only engage in financial holding company activities if it meets the qualitative criteria necessary for a bank holding company to engage in such activities. A multiple savings and loan holding company is generally limited to activities permissible for bank holding companies under Section 4(c) (8) of the Bank Holding Company Act, subject to the prior approval of the FRB, and certain additional activities authorized by FRB regulations.
Federal law prohibits a savings and loan holding company, directly or indirectly, or through one or more subsidiaries, from acquiring control of another savings institution or holding company thereof, without prior written approval of the FRB. It also prohibits the acquisition or retention of, with specified exceptions, more than 5% of the equity securities of a company engaged in activities that are not closely related to banking or financial in nature or acquiring or retaining control of an institution that is not federally insured. In evaluating applications by holding companies to acquire savings institutions, the FRB must consider the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the savings institution, the effect of the acquisition on the risk to the insurance fund, the convenience and needs of the community and competitive factors.
Capital. Savings and loan holding companies are not currently subject to specific regulatory capital requirements. The Dodd-Frank Act, however, requires the FRB to promulgate consolidated capital requirements for depository institution holding companies that are no less stringent, both quantitatively and in terms of components of capital, than those applicable to their subsidiary depository institutions. Instruments such as cumulative preferred stock and trust-preferred securities, which are currently includable within Tier 1 capital by bank holding company within certain limits, will no longer be includable as Tier 1 capital. However, instruments issued by May 19, 2010 will be grandfathered for holding companies with assets of $15 billion or less. There is a five-year transition period from the July 21, 2010 effective date of the Dodd-Frank Act before the capital requirements will apply to savings and loan holding companies. As noted above, the recently proposed capital rules would implement the consolidated capital requirements for savings and loan holding companies. However, notwithstanding the Dodd-Frank statutory language, the proposed rules did not incorporate the referenced grandfather for instruments issued before May 19, 2010 or the transition period, and it is uncertain whether any final rule will do so.
Source of Strength Doctrine. The “source of strength doctrine” requires bank holding companies to provide financial assistance to their subsidiary depository institutions in the event the subsidiary depository institution experiences financial distress. The Dodd-Frank Act extends the source of strength doctrine to savings and loan holding companies. The applicable regulatory agencies must issue regulations requiring that all bank holding companies and savings and loan holding companies serve as a source of strength to their subsidiary depository institutions by providing capital, liquidity and other support in times of financial distress.
The FRB has issued a policy statement regarding the payment of dividends by bank holding companies that it has made applicable to savings and loan holding companies as well. In general, the policy provides that dividends should be paid only out of current earnings and only if the prospective rate of earnings retention by the holding company appears consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. Regulatory guidance provides for prior regulatory review of capital distributions in certain circumstances such as where the company’s net income for the past four quarters, net of dividends previously paid over that period, is insufficient to fully fund the dividend or the company’s overall rate of earnings retention is inconsistent with the company’s capital needs and overall financial condition. The ability of a holding company to pay dividends may be restricted if a subsidiary bank becomes undercapitalized. These regulatory policies could affect the ability of the Company to pay dividends or otherwise engage in capital distributions.
Change in Control Regulations
Under the Change in Bank Control Act, no person may acquire control of a savings and loan holding company such as the Company unless the FRB has been given 60 days’ prior written notice and has not issued a notice disapproving the proposed acquisition,


9



taking into consideration certain factors, including the financial and managerial resources of the acquiror and the competitive effects of the acquisition. Control, as defined under federal law, means ownership, control of or holding irrevocable proxies representing more than 25% of any class of voting stock, control in any manner of the election of a majority of the company’s directors, or a determination by the regulator that the acquiror has the power to direct, or directly or indirectly to exercise a controlling influence over, the management or policies of the institution. Acquisition of more than 10% of any class of a savings and loan holding company’s voting stock constitutes a rebuttable presumption of control under the regulations under certain circumstances including where, as is the case with the Company, the issuer has registered securities under Section 12 of the Exchange Act.
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 was enacted in response to public concerns regarding corporate accountability in connection with certain accounting scandals. The stated goals of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act are to increase corporate responsibility, to provide for enhanced penalties for accounting and auditing improprieties at publicly traded companies, and to protect investors by improving the accuracy and reliability of corporate disclosures pursuant to the securities laws. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act generally applies to all companies that file or are required to file periodic reports with the SEC, under the Exchange Act.
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act includes specific additional disclosure requirements, requires the SEC and national securities exchanges to adopt extensive additional disclosure, corporate governance and other related rules, and mandates further studies of certain issues by the SEC.
Federal Securities Laws
The Company’s common stock is registered with the SEC under the Exchange Act. The Company is subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading restrictions and other requirements of the Exchange Act.
ITEM 1A.      RISK FACTORS
An investment in our securities is subject to risks inherent in our business and the industry in which we operate. Before making an investment decision, you should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below and all other information included in this report. The risks described below may adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. In addition to these risks and the other risks and uncertainties described in Item 1, “Business-Forward Looking Statements,” and Item 7, “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” there may be additional risks and uncertainties that are not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial that could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or operating results. The value or market price of our securities could decline due to any of these identified or other risks. Past financial performance may not be a reliable indicator of future performance, and historical trends should not be used to anticipate results or trends in future periods.
Since our business is concentrated in the Chicago Metropolitan Area, local economic, market and competitive conditions can adversely affect our business
Although we make certain types of loans and leases to borrowers located in other states, our lending and deposit gathering activities are concentrated primarily in the Chicago Metropolitan Area. Our success can be affected by the general economic conditions of this area and surrounding areas. In addition, many of the loans in our loan portfolio are secured by real estate located in the Chicago Metropolitan Area. Negative conditions in the real estate markets where collateral for a mortgage loan is located could adversely affect the borrower's ability to repay the loan and the value of the collateral securing the loan. Real estate values are affected by many other factors beyond our control, including real estate supply and demand, the impact of mortgage foreclosures and short sales, changes in general or regional economic conditions and unemployment rates, interest rates, governmental rules or policies and natural disasters. The value of real estate located in many segments of the Chicago Metropolitan Area has been and continues to be adversely impacted by many of these factors, and this has had, and may continue to have, a negative impact on our loan growth, our ability to collect certain loans according to their terms and market other real estate loans at appraised values, and our results of operations.
The commercial, multi-family and residential real estate markets in the Chicago area continue to experience a variety of difficulties, including an oversupply of properties in some market segments due to economic conditions, high unemployment rates and a high level of foreclosed properties and properties in the process of foreclosure. These adverse conditions have had a variety of adverse consequences for both lenders and borrowers, including a reduction in the value of real estate collateral and OREO, an increase in loan to value ratios, higher vacancy rates and lower rents, a reduction of the borrowing capacity of real estate borrowers and an increase in strategic defaults resulting from the reduction or elimination of the equity that borrowers once had in their real estate investments.
We face substantial competition in all phases of our operations from a variety of different competitors. Our future growth and success will depend on our ability to compete effectively in this highly competitive environment. To date, our competitive strategies


10



have focused on attracting deposits in our local markets, and growing our loan and lease portfolio by emphasizing specific loan products in which we have significant experience and expertise, identifying and targeting markets in which we believe we can effectively compete with larger institutions and other competitors, and offering highly competitive pricing to commercial borrowers with low risk profiles. We compete for loans, deposits and other financial services with other commercial banks, thrifts, credit unions, brokerage houses, mutual funds, insurance companies, real estate conduits, mortgage brokers and specialized finance companies. Many of our competitors offer products and services that we do not offer, and many have substantially greater resources and lending limits, name recognition and market presence that benefit them in attracting business. In addition, larger competitors may be able to price loans and deposits more aggressively than we do, and because of their larger capital bases, their underwriting practices for smaller loans may be subject to less regulatory scrutiny than they would be for smaller banks. Newer competitors may be more aggressive in pricing loans and deposits in order to increase their market share. Some of the financial institutions and financial services organizations with which we compete are not subject to the extensive regulations imposed on federal savings banks and their holding companies. As a result, these nonbank competitors have certain advantages over us in accessing funding and in providing various financial services.
Repayment of our commercial and commercial real estate loans typically depends on the cash flows of the borrower. If a borrower's cash flows weaken or become uncertain, the loan may need to be classified and the collateral securing the loan may decline in value
We underwrite our commercial and commercial real estate loans primarily based on the historical and expected cash flow of the borrower. Although we consider collateral in the underwriting process, it is a secondary consideration that generally relates to the risk of loss in the event of a borrower default. We have also adopted the OCC's published guidance for assigning risk-ratings to loans, and it emphasizes the strength of the borrower's cash flow. Specifically, the OCC's loan risk-rating guidance provides that the primary consideration in assigning risk-ratings to commercial and commercial real estate loans is the strength of the primary source of repayment, which is defined as a sustainable source of cash under the borrower's control that is reserved, explicitly or implicitly, to cover the debt obligation. The OCC's loan risk-rating guidance typically does not consider secondary repayment sources until the strength of the primary repayment source weakens, and collateral values typically do not have a significant impact on a loan's risk ratings until a loan is classified. Consequently, if a borrower's cash flows weaken or become uncertain, the loan may need to be classified, whether or not the loan is performing or fully secured. In addition, real estate appraisers typically place significant weight on the cash flows generated by income-producing real estate and the reliability of the cash flows in performing valuations. Thus, economic or borrower-specific conditions that cause a decline in borrower cash flows could cause our loan classifications to increase and the appraised value of the collateral securing our loans to decline.
Historically low interest rates could continue to adversely affect our net interest income and profitability
 Our consolidated operating results are largely dependent on our net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between interest earned on loans and investments and interest expense incurred on deposits and other borrowings. Our net interest income is impacted by changes in market rates of interest, changes in credit spreads, changes in the shape of the yield curve, the interest rate sensitivity of our assets and liabilities, prepayments on our loans and investments, and the mix of our funding sources and assets, among other things.
In recent years it has been the policy of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to maintain interest rates at historically low levels through its targeted federal funds rate and the purchase of securities. As a result, the interest rates on new loans we have originated, the interest rates on maturing loans that we have renewed and the yields on securities we have purchased during this period have been at historically low levels. Our ability to offset this by lowering the interest rates that we pay on deposits is severely limited because interest rates on deposits are already at historic lows. These factors contributed to a 23 basis points decline in our net interest spread in 2012. The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System has indicated its intention to maintain low interest rates for an additional period of time. Accordingly, our net interest income (the difference between interest income earned on assets and interest expense paid on liabilities) may continue to decrease, which may have an adverse effect on our profitability.
Changes in market interest rates could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations
Our financial condition and results of operations are significantly affected by changes in market interest rates because our assets, primarily loans, and our liabilities, primarily deposits, are monetary in nature. Our results of operations depend substantially on our net interest income, which is the difference between the interest income that we earn on our interest-earning assets and the interest expense that we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities. Market interest rates are affected by many factors beyond our control, including inflation, recession, unemployment, money supply, domestic and international events, and changes in the United States and other financial markets. Our net interest income is affected not only by the level and direction of interest rates, but also by the shape of the yield curve and relationships between interest sensitive instruments and key driver rates, including credit risk spreads, and by balance sheet growth, customer loan and deposit preferences and the timing of changes in these variables which


11



themselves are impacted by changes in market interest rates. As a result, changes in market interest rates can significantly affect our net interest income as well as the fair market valuation of our assets and liabilities.
While we take measures intended to manage the risks from changes in market interest rates, we cannot control or accurately predict changes in market rates of interest or be sure our protective measures are adequate. If the interest rates paid on deposits and other interest bearing liabilities increase at a faster rate than the interest rates received on loans and other interest earning assets, our net interest income, and therefore earnings, could be adversely affected.  We would also incur a higher cost of funds to retain our deposits in a rising interest rate environment. While the higher payment amounts we would receive on adjustable rate loans in a rising interest rate environment may increase our interest income, some borrowers may be unable to afford the higher payment amounts, and this could result in a higher rate of default. Rising interest rates also may reduce the demand for loans and the value of fixed-rate investment securities.
Our business may be adversely affected by the new regulatory environment in which we operate
The Dodd-Frank Act, which was signed by the President on July 21, 2010, provided for the transfer of the authority for regulating and supervising federal savings banks from the OTS to the OCC, and the authority for regulating and supervising savings and loan holding companies and their non-depository subsidiaries from the OTS to the FRB. The transfer occurred on July 21, 2011, and on that date, the OCC became the primary federal regulator of the Bank and the FRB became the primary federal regulator of the Company. The transition of the Company and the Bank to this new supervisory and regulatory structure presents risks, potential limitations and adjustments that were not present when the Company and the Bank were supervised and regulated exclusively by the OTS. For example, the OCC's published guidance and practices for assigning risk ratings to commercial loans focuses more heavily on cash flows than the loan risk rating guidance and practices of the OTS, and requires that a performing loan be classified if it exhibits well-defined weaknesses, even if the loan does not present a probability of default or loss. The OCC's more stringent loan risk-rating practices have contributed to the increase in the Bank's classified loans and have increased the Bank's risk of being subjected to supervisory measures. In addition, the Federal Reserve Board takes a more comprehensive approach than the OTS did to holding company supervision and regulation. For example, the Company is now subject to Federal Reserve Board Supervisory Letter SR 09-4, which has the effect of imposing restrictions on dividends and stock repurchases in certain circumstances. The Company does not have sufficient net income for the past four quarters net of dividends previously paid to declare a dividend without first consulting with and seeking the approval of the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago. The Company's ability to pay dividends on its common stock could be further limited by the application of the Federal Reserve Board's source of strength doctrine, which requires holding companies to provide financial support to their subsidiary depository institutions if the subsidiary is in financial distress, or by regulatory order. These regulatory changes have affected, and will continue to affect, the regulatory environment in which we operate.
If our allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, our earnings would be adversely impacted
In the event that our loan customers do not repay their loans according to their terms, and the collateral securing the repayment of these loans is insufficient to cover any remaining loan balance, we could experience significant loan losses or increase our provision for loan losses or both, which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results. At December 31, 2012, our allowance for loan losses was $18.0 million, representing 1.72% of total loans and 64.39% of nonperforming loans as of that date. In determining the amount of our allowance for loan losses, we rely on our loan quality reviews, our experience and our evaluation of economic conditions, among other factors. In addition, we make various estimates and assumptions about the collectability of our loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets, if any, serving as collateral for the repayment of our loans. We also make judgments concerning our legal positions and the priority of our interests in contested legal or bankruptcy proceedings, and at times, we may lack sufficient information to establish adequate specific reserves for loans involved in such proceedings. We base these estimates, assumptions and judgments on information that we consider reliable, but if an estimate, assumption or judgment that we make ultimately proves to be incorrect, additional provisions to our allowance for loan losses may become necessary. In addition, as an integral part of their supervisory and/or examination process, our regulatory agencies periodically review the methodology and sufficiency of the allowance for loan losses. These agencies may require us to recognize additions to the allowance based on their inclusion, exclusion or modification of risk factors or differences in judgments of information available to them at the time of their examination.
A substantial portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real estate. Deterioration in the real estate markets could lead to additional losses, which could have a material negative effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
A substantial portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real estate. At December 31, 2012, our loan portfolio included $352.0 million in multi-family mortgage loans, or 33.6% of total loans, $264.7 million in nonresidential real estate loans, or 25.3% of total loans, $218.6 million in one-to four family residential real estate loans, or 20.9% of total loans (which includes $80.6 million in non-owner occupied one-to four family residential real estate loans, or 6.4% of total loans) and $8.6 million in construction and land loans, or 0.8% of total loans. Adverse conditions in the real estate markets, particularly in the Chicago area, have been a significant factor behind the higher than normal charge-offs and provisions for loan losses we have experienced in recent years.


12



As a result of these and other factors, we have experienced higher levels of charge-offs, loan classifications and provisions for loan losses on our real estate loans and write-downs on our other real estate owned. The persistence of these adverse conditions could result in additional defaults, charge-offs, provisions for loan losses and loan classifications.
Our sources of funds are limited because of our holding company structure
The Company is a separate legal entity from its subsidiaries and does not have significant operations of its own. Dividends from the Bank provide a significant source of cash for the Company. The availability of dividends from the Bank is limited by various statutes and regulations. Under these statutes and regulations, the Bank is not permitted to pay dividends on its capital stock to the Company, its sole stockholder, if the dividend would reduce the stockholders' equity of the Bank below the amount of the liquidation account established in connection with the mutual-to-stock conversion. Federal savings banks may pay dividends without the approval of its primary federal regulator only if they meet applicable regulatory capital requirements before and after the payment of the dividends and total dividends do not exceed net income to date over the calendar year plus its retained net income over the preceding two years. Although the Bank's capital exceeded applicable regulatory requirements at December 31, 2012, the Bank did not have sufficient net income over the preceding two years to pay a dividend to the Company without receiving prior regulatory approval. If in the future, the Company utilizes its available cash for other purposes and the Bank is unable to pay dividends to the Company, the Company may not have sufficient funds to pay dividends.
New or changing tax, accounting, and regulatory rules and interpretations could have a significant impact on our strategic initiatives, results of operations, cash flows, and financial condition
The banking services industry is extensively regulated and the degree of regulation is increasing due to the Dodd-Frank Act and regulatory initiatives precipitated by the Dodd-Frank Act and the economic downturn and the resulting disruptions that certain financial markets experienced. These regulations, along with the currently existing tax, accounting, securities, insurance, and monetary laws, regulations, rules, standards, policies and interpretations, control the methods by which financial institutions and their holding companies conduct business, engage in strategic and tax planning and implement strategic initiatives, and govern financial reporting and disclosures. These laws, regulations, rules, standards, policies and interpretations are constantly evolving and may change significantly over time.
Trading activity in the Company's common stock could result in material price fluctuations
It is possible that trading activity in the Company's common stock, including short-selling or significant sales by our larger stockholders, could result in material price fluctuations of the price per share of the Company's common stock. In addition, such trading activity and the resultant volatility could make it more difficult for the Company to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future at a time and price it deems appropriate, or to use its stock as consideration for an acquisition.
Various factors may make takeover attempts that you might want to succeed more difficult to achieve, which may affect the value of shares of our common stock
Provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws, federal regulations, Maryland law and various other factors may make it more difficult for companies or persons to acquire control of the Company without the consent of our board of directors. You may want a takeover attempt to succeed because, for example, a potential acquirer could offer a premium over the then prevailing price of our shares of common stock. Provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws also may make it difficult to remove our current board of directors or management if our board of directors opposes the removal. We have elected to be subject to the Maryland Business Combination Act, which places restrictions on mergers and other business combinations with large stockholders. In addition, our articles of incorporation provide that certain mergers and other similar transactions, as well as amendments to our articles of incorporation, must be approved by stockholders owning at least two-thirds of our shares of common stock entitled to vote on the matter unless first approved by at least two-thirds of the number of our authorized directors, assuming no vacancies. If approved by at least two-thirds of the number of our authorized directors, assuming no vacancies, the action must still be approved by a majority of our shares entitled to vote on the matter. In addition, a director can be removed from office, but only for cause, if such removal is approved by stockholders owning at least two-thirds of our shares of common stock entitled to vote on the matter. However, if at least two-thirds of the number of our authorized directors, assuming no vacancies, approves the removal of a director, the removal may be with or without cause, but must still be approved by a majority of our voting shares entitled to vote on the matter. Additional provisions include limitations on the voting rights of any beneficial owners of more than 10% of our common stock. Our bylaws, which can only be amended by the board of directors, also contain provisions regarding the timing, content and procedural requirements for stockholder proposals and nominations.
FDIC deposit insurance costs have increased and may increase further in the future
FDIC insurance rates have increased significantly, and we may pay higher FDIC deposit premiums in the future. The Dodd-Frank Act established 1.35% as the minimum Designated Reserve Ratio (“DRR”) for the deposit insurance fund. The FDIC has determined that the DRR should be 2.0% and has adopted a plan under which it will meet the statutory minimum DRR of 1.35% by the statutory


13



deadline of September 30, 2020. The Dodd-Frank Act requires the FDIC to offset the effect on institutions with assets less than $10 billion of the increase in the statutory minimum DRR to 1.35% from the former statutory minimum of 1.15%. The FDIC has not announced how it will implement this offset. The Dodd-Frank Act also requires the FDIC to base deposit insurance premium on an institution's total assets minus its tangible equity instead of its deposits. The FDIC has adopted regulations that base assessments for banks and thrifts with total assets of less than $10 billion on a combination of financial ratios and regulatory ratings. This new method has caused our FDIC deposit insurance premiums to increase and presents a risk that they will increase in the future. If circumstances require the FDIC to impose additional special assessments or further increase its quarterly assessment rates, this could also have an adverse impact on our results of operations.
The Bank is required to maintain a significant percentage of its total assets in residential mortgage loans and investments secured by residential mortgage loans, which restricts our ability to diversify our loan portfolio
A federal savings bank or thrift differs from a commercial bank in that it is required to maintain at least 65% of its total assets in “qualified thrift investments” which generally include loans and investments, for the purchase, refinance, construction, improvement, or repair of residential real estate, as well as home equity loans, education loans and small business loans. To maintain our federal savings bank charter we have to be a “qualified thrift lender” or “QTL” in nine out of each 12 immediately preceding months. The QTL requirement limits the extent to which we can grow our commercial loan portfolio, and as a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, failing the QTL test can result in an enforcement action. However, multi-family mortgage loans as well as certain loans not exceeding $2 million (including a group of loans to one borrower) that are for commercial, corporate, business, or agricultural purposes are included in our qualified thrift investments. Because of the QTL requirement, we may be limited in our ability to change our asset mix and increase the yield on our earning assets by growing our commercial loan portfolio.
We continually encounter technological change, and may have fewer resources than many of our competitors to continue to invest in technological improvements
The financial services industry is undergoing rapid technological changes, with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. The effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to better serve customers and to reduce costs. Our future success will depend, in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands for convenience, as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations. Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. We also may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to our customers.
We are subject to security and operational risks relating to our use of technology
We depend on the secure processing, storage and transmission of confidential and other information in our data processing systems, computers, networks and communications systems. Although we take numerous protective measures and otherwise endeavor to protect and maintain the privacy and security of confidential data, these systems may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses or other malicious code, and other events that could have a security impact. If one or more of such events were to occur, this potentially could jeopardize confidential and other information processed and stored in, and transmitted through, our systems or otherwise cause interruptions or malfunctions in our or our customers' operations. We may be required to expend significant additional resources to modify our protective measures or to investigate and remediate vulnerabilities or other exposures, and we may be subject to litigation and financial losses that are not fully covered by our insurance. Security breaches in our internet banking activities could expose us to possible liability and deter customers from using our systems. We rely on standard internet security systems to provide the security and authentication necessary to effect secure transmission of data. These precautions may not fully protect our systems from compromises or breaches of our security measures that could result in damage to our reputation and our business. Although we perform most data processing functions internally, we outsource certain services to third parties. If our third party providers encounter operational difficulties or security breaches, it could affect our ability to adequately process and account for customer transactions, which could significantly affect our business operations.
Our operations rely on numerous external vendors.
We rely on numerous external vendors to provide us with products and services necessary to maintain our day-to-day operations. Accordingly, our operations are exposed to risk that these vendors will not perform in accordance with the contracted arrangements under service level agreements. The failure of an external vendor to perform in accordance with the contracted arrangements under service level agreements, because of changes in the vendor's organizational structure, financial condition, support for existing products and services or strategic focus or for any other reason, could be disruptive to our operations, which in turn could have a material negative impact on our financial condition and results of operations. We also could be adversely affected to the extent such an agreement is not renewed by the third party vendor or is renewed on terms less favorable to us.


14



New lines of business or new products and services may subject us to additional risks.
From time to time, we may seek to implement new lines of business or offer new products and services within existing lines of business in our current markets or new markets. There are substantial risks and uncertainties associated with these efforts, particularly in instances where the markets are not fully developed. In developing and marketing new lines of business and/or new products and services, we may invest significant time and resources. Initial timetables for the introduction and development of new lines of business and/or new products or services may not be achieved and price and profitability targets may not prove feasible, which could in turn have a material negative effect on our operating results.
Non-Compliance with USA PATRIOT Act, Bank Secrecy Act, Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, Truth-in-Lending Act or other laws and regulations could result in fines or sanctions
Financial institutions are required under the USA PATRIOT and Bank Secrecy Acts to develop programs to prevent financial institutions from being used for money-laundering and terrorist activities. Financial institutions are also obligated to file suspicious activity reports with the U.S. Treasury Department's Office of Financial Crimes Enforcement Network if such activities are detected. These rules also require financial institutions to establish procedures for identifying and verifying the identity of customers seeking to open new financial accounts. Failure or the inability to comply with these regulations could result in fines or penalties, curtailment of expansion opportunities, intervention or sanctions by regulators and costly litigation or expensive additional controls and systems. During the last few years, several banking institutions have received large fines for non-compliance with these laws and regulations. In addition, the U.S. Government imposed and will continue to expand laws and regulations relating to residential and consumer lending activities that create significant new compliance burdens and financial risks. We have developed policies and continue to augment procedures and systems designed to assist in compliance with these laws and regulations.
ITEM 1B.
UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
ITEM 2.
PROPERTIES
We conduct our business at 20 banking offices located in the Chicago metropolitan area.  We own a majority of our banking center facilities, except for our Chicago-Lincoln Park, Northbrook, and Chicago-Hyde Park East offices, which are leased. We also operate two satellite national commercial leasing offices and two remote ATMs on sites where we do not have a full-service banking office. We believe that all of our properties and equipment are well maintained, in good operating condition and adequate for all of our present and anticipated needs.
We believe our facilities in the aggregate are suitable and adequate to operate our banking and related business. Additional information with respect to premises and equipment is presented in Note 6 of "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" in Item 8 of the Form 10-K.
ITEM 3.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to various legal actions arising in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, based on currently available information, the resolution of these legal actions is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations.
ITEM 4.
MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable
PART II
ITEM 5.
MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Our shares of common stock are traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “BFIN.” The approximate number of holders of record of the Company’s common stock as of December 31, 2012 was 1,638. Certain shares of the Company’s common stock are held in “nominee” or “street” name, and accordingly, the number of beneficial owners of such shares is not known or included in the foregoing number.


15



The following table presents quarterly market information provided by the NASDAQ Stock Market for the Company’s common stock and cash dividends paid for the periods ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 .
2011 and 2012 Quarterly Periods
 
High
 
Low
 
Close
 
Cash
Dividends
Paid
Quarter ended December 31, 2012
 
$
8.85

 
$
6.62

 
$
7.42

 
$
—

Quarter ended September 30, 2012
 
9.24

 
7.31

 
8.79

 
0.01

Quarter ended June 30, 2012
 
7.56

 
5.66

 
7.53

 
0.01

Quarter ended March 31, 2012
 
7.05

 
5.25

 
6.62

 
0.01

Quarter ended December 31, 2011
 
$
8.89

 
$
5.26

 
$
5.52

 
$
0.01

Quarter ended September 30, 2011
 
8.62

 
6.51

 
6.64

 
0.07

Quarter ended June 30, 2011
 
9.55

 
8.10

 
8.47

 
0.07

Quarter ended March 31, 2011
 
10.10

 
8.42

 
9.19

 
0.07

As a result of the regulatory restructuring occasioned by the Dodd-Frank Act, the Company is subject to Federal Reserve Board Supervisory Letter SR 09-4, which provides that a holding company should, among other things, notify and make a submission to the Federal Reserve Bank prior to declaring a dividend if its net income for the current quarter is not sufficient to fully fund the dividend, and consider eliminating, deferring or significantly reducing its dividends if its net income for the current quarter is not sufficient to fully fund the dividends, or if its net income for the past four quarters, net of dividends previously paid during that period, is not sufficient to fully fund the dividends. The Company will continue to consult with, and seek the prior approval of, the Federal Reserve Bank prior to declaring any dividends.
The Company is also subject to state law limitations on the payment of dividends. Maryland law generally limits dividends to an amount equal to the excess of our capital surplus over payments that would be owed upon dissolution to stockholders whose preferential rights upon dissolution are superior to those receiving the dividend, and to an amount that would not make us insolvent provided, however, that even if the Company’s assets are less than the amount necessary to satisfy the requirement set forth above, the Company may make a distribution from: (1) the Company’s net earnings for the fiscal year in which the distribution is made; (2) the Company’s net earnings for the preceding fiscal year; or (3) the sum of the Company’s net earnings for the preceding eight fiscal quarters. Dividends from the Bank provide a significant source of cash for the Company. The availability of dividends from the Bank is limited by various statutes and regulations. For a discussion of the Bank’s ability to pay dividends, see Part I, Item 1, “Business — Supervision and Regulation — Federal Banking Regulation — Capital Distributions.”
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
The Company had no sales of unregistered stock during the quarter ended December 31, 2012 .
Repurchases of Equity Securities
Our Board of Directors had authorized the repurchase of up to 5,047,423 shares of our common stock. The repurchase authorization expired on November 15, 2012. The authorization permitted shares to be repurchased in open market or negotiated transactions, and pursuant to any trading plan that may be adopted in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities and Exchange Commission. The authorization was utilized at management's discretion, subject to the limitations set forth in Rule 10b-18 of the Securities and Exchange Commission and other applicable legal requirements, and to price and other internal limitations established by the Board of Directors. As of December 31, 2012 , the Company had repurchased 4,239,134 shares of its common stock out of the 5,047,423 shares that had been authorized for repurchase. Federal Reserve Board Supervisory Letter SR 09-4 provides that holding companies experiencing financial weaknesses such as operating losses should notify and make a submission to the Federal Reserve Bank before redeeming or repurchasing common stock. The Company has no plans to conduct such discussions with the Federal Reserve supervisory staff or engage in stock repurchases at this time.


16



Stock Performance Graph
The following line graph shows a comparison of the cumulative returns for the Company, the Russell 2000 Index, the NASDAQ Bank Index and the America’s Community Bankers NASDAQ Index for the period beginning December 31, 2007 and ending December 31, 2012 . The information assumes that $100 was invested at the closing price on December 31, 2007 in the Common Stock and each index, and that all dividends were reinvested.

 
12/31/2007
 
12/31/2008
 
12/31/2009
 
12/31/2010
 
12/31/2011
 
12/31/2012
BankFinancial Corporation
100.00

 
65.68

 
65.57

 
66.37

 
38.47

 
51.91

Russell 2000 Index
100.00

 
66.21

 
84.20

 
106.82

 
102.36

 
119.09

NASDAQ Bank Index
100.00

 
76.08

 
62.00

 
69.37

 
60.75

 
70.34

America’s Community Bankers NASDAQ Index
100.00

 
80.43

 
63.24

 
69.08

 
63.21

 
72.90



17



ITEM 6.
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The following information is derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company. For additional information, reference is made to Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report.
 
At and For the Years Ended December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
2008
 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Selected Financial Condition Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
1,481,192

 
$
1,563,575

 
$
1,530,655

 
$
1,566,963

 
$
1,554,855

Loans, net
1,030,465

 
1,227,391

 
1,050,766

 
1,218,540

 
1,268,122

Loans held-for-sale
2,166

 
1,918

 
2,716

 
—

 
872

Securities, at fair value
77,832

 
92,832

 
120,747

 
102,126

 
124,919

Goodwill
—

 
—

 
22,566

 
22,566

 
22,566

Core deposit intangible
3,038

 
3,671

 
2,700

 
4,295

 
5,985

Deposits
1,282,351

 
1,332,552

 
1,235,377

 
1,233,395

 
1,069,855

Borrowings
5,567

 
9,322

 
23,749

 
50,784

 
200,350

Equity
172,890

 
199,857

 
253,285

 
263,603

 
266,791

 
 
Selected Operating Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest and dividend income
$
60,727

 
$
69,708

 
$
64,936

 
$
74,109

 
$
77,960

Interest expense
4,447

 
6,915

 
13,186

 
20,557

 
25,667

Net interest income
56,280

 
62,793

 
51,750

 
53,552

 
52,293

Provision for loan losses
31,522

 
22,723

 
12,083

 
8,811

 
5,092

Net interest income after provision for loan losses
24,758

 
40,070

 
39,667

 
44,741

 
47,201

Noninterest income
6,852

 
7,317

 
7,128

 
7,239

 
10,418

Noninterest expense (1)
58,719

 
83,708

 
53,849

 
52,731

 
89,056

Loss before income tax expense
(27,109
)
 
(36,321
)
 
(7,054
)
 
(751
)
 
(31,437
)
Income tax expense (benefit) (2)
—

 
12,375

 
(2,747
)
 
(13
)
 
(12,048
)
Net loss
$
(27,109
)
 
$
(48,696
)
 
$
(4,307
)
 
$
(738
)
 
$
(19,389
)
Basic loss per common share
$
(1.36
)
 
$
(2.46
)
 
$
(0.22
)
 
$
(0.04
)
 
$
(0.98
)
Diluted loss per common share
$
(1.36
)
 
$
(2.46
)
 
$
(0.22
)
 
$
(0.04
)
 
$
(0.98
)
(footnotes on following page)


18



 
At and For the Years Ended December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
2008
Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance Ratios:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on assets (ratio of net loss to average total assets)
(1.78
)%
 
(3.00
)%
 
(0.28
)%
 
(0.05
)%
 
(1.33
)%
Return on equity (ratio of net loss to average equity)
(13.36
)
 
(19.47
)
 
(1.64
)
 
(0.28
)
 
(6.84
)
Net interest rate spread  (3)
3.86

 
4.09

 
3.36

 
3.36

 
3.35

Net interest margin (4)
3.93

 
4.20

 
3.57

 
3.69

 
3.88

Efficiency ratio  (5)
93.01

 
85.36

 
91.46

 
86.74

 
142.01

Noninterest expense to average total assets  (6)
3.87

 
3.69

 
3.45

 
3.36

 
6.09

Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities
123.17

 
122.68

 
122.56

 
123.43

 
127.85

Dividends declared per share
$
0.03

 
$
0.22

 
$
0.28

 
$
0.28

 
$
0.28

Dividend payout ratio
N.M.

 
N.M.

 
N.M.

 
N.M.

 
N.M.

Asset Quality Ratios:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nonperforming assets to total assets (7)
2.59
 %
 
6.31
 %
 
3.94
 %
 
3.42
 %
 
0.94
 %
Nonperforming loans to total loans
2.67

 
6.05

 
4.26

 
4.01

 
1.07

Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans
64.39

 
41.66

 
48.54

 
37.63

 
107.97

Allowance for loan losses to total loans
1.72

 
2.52

 
2.07

 
1.51

 
1.15

Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding
3.91

 
1.04

 
0.75

 
0.39

 
0.11

Capital Ratios:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity to total assets at end of period
11.67
 %
 
12.78
 %
 
16.55
 %
 
16.82
 %
 
17.16
 %
Average equity to average assets
13.36

 
15.42

 
16.77

 
17.02

 
19.39

Tier 1 leverage ratio (Bank only)
9.60

 
10.48

 
12.48

 
12.44

 
12.08

Other Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Number of full-service offices
20

 
20

 
18

 
18

 
18

Employees (full-time equivalents)
352

 
357

 
328

 
372

 
393

    
(1)
Noninterest expense for the year ended December 31, 2011 includes a full goodwill impairment of $23.9 million. Noninterest expense for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 includes $401,000 and $35.9 million, respectively, of impairment loss on securities.
(2)
Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2011 includes a full valuation of the deferred tax asset of $22.6 million.
(3)
The net interest rate spread represents the difference between the yield on average interest-earning assets and the cost of average interest-bearing liabilities for the period.
(4)
The net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets for the period.
(5)
The efficiency ratio represents noninterest expense, less goodwill impairment, divided by the sum of net interest income and noninterest income.
(6)
The noninterest expense to average total assets ratio represents noninterest expense less goodwill impairment, divided by average total assets.
(7)
Nonperforming assets include nonperforming loans and other real estate owned.
    

N.M. Not Meaningful


19



ITEM 7.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The discussion and analysis that follows focuses on the factors affecting our consolidated financial condition at December 31, 2012 and 2011 , and our consolidated results of operations for the three years ended December 31, 2012 . Our consolidated financial statements, the related notes and the discussion of our critical accounting policies appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report should be read in conjunction with this discussion and analysis.
Overview of 2012
Core Operating Earnings and Franchise Growth
Total loans declined in 2012 due to several factors. Consistent with our practices in previous years, we actively managed our loan portfolio to exit certain multifamily, commercial real estate and commercial loan relationships based on our overall assessment of the borrowers, the industries in which they operate and future collateral valuations. Given the growth we experienced in our multifamily and commercial real estate loan portfolios from the acquisitions that we conducted in 2011, we did not emphasize the aggressive origination of multifamily and commercial real estate loans in 2012; however, principally due to intensified competitive forces from larger institutions, the declines in our multifamily loan portfolio and healthcare commercial loan portfolio were greater than planned. Lack of demand for adjustable rate residential mortgage loans, coupled with accelerating fixed-rate refinance activity as 2012 progressed, resulted in a decline in our residential mortgage loan portfolio. Our commercial lease origination volumes were 19% higher in 2012 than 2011 and contributed to an increase in the commercial lease portfolio balances at the end of 2012.
We managed our deposit portfolio, including the deposits acquired in the Downers Grove National Bank transaction, to retain the highest value core deposit relationships and reduce our cost of funds to the lowest practicable levels. We ended 2012 with our highest-ever core deposit ratio at 76.2% of total deposits and our lowest-ever cost of funds of 0.38% for the year.
Our noninterest income decreased in 2012 as the revenues from the new Trust Department and mortgage banking operations were offset by the declines in deposit-related fee income resulting from provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act that became effective during 2011.
Our core noninterest expense remained well-contained in 2012, even with the addition of the Downers Grove National Bank operating expenses. We continue to implement new processes and technologies to reduce staffing needs where feasible while still investing in business development, customer service and marketing resources to foster future growth with existing and new customers.
Asset Quality & Credit-Related Expenses
We consider the total balances of nonperforming loans and repossessed assets to be an important asset quality metric. Our credit-related expenses include any required provisions for loan losses, write-downs of repossessed assets to current market value, and expenses related to the collection, management and sale of nonperforming loans and repossessed assets. Although we track the nonperforming loans and repossessed assets we acquired from Downers Grove National Bank separately for management and certain accounting purposes, these nonperforming assets are included in our total balances for financial reporting and OCC regulatory purposes. At December 31, 2012, nonperforming assets related to Downers Grove National Bank were 31% of our total nonperforming assets.
We executed our plan to achieve a material reduction in nonperforming assets and future nonperforming asset expenses during 2012. Consistent with our previous disclosures, we utilized multiple asset disposition techniques to implement this plan, including two “bulk liquidations” and the designation of certain loans as “held-for-sale” pending a third bulk sale. These actions, combined with the accelerated disposition of certain OREO properties, write-downs that were taken on other OREO properties to facilitate their disposition and loan restructurings conducted in accordance with applicable regulatory and accounting guidance, reduced our nonperforming loans by $49.9 million, or 66%, and our nonperforming assets by $60.3 million, or 61%. Our ratio of nonperforming assets to total assets was 2.59% at December 31, 2012, the lowest metric we have reported since June 2009.
We firmly believe the actions taken in 2012 were for the Company's long-term benefit, despite the substantial costs, given that distressed asset sales in the Chicago Metropolitan Area continue to dominate valuation assessments and the considerable excess inventory of potential dispositions remaining in the market. These actions will also allow us to return our focus in 2013 to more normalized operations, with an emphasis on diversified and measured loan growth, improving noninterest income, implementing additional expense control measures and taking other steps that we believe should enhance shareholder value.
The year 2012 ended with a materially reduced level of past due loans compared to 2011, and with a resumption of the gradual improvement in asset quality trends resulting from our continuing resolutions of nonperforming assets on an orderly basis.


20



Objectives for 2013
Preservation and Expansion of Core Operating Earnings
Subject to the execution of our loan portfolio growth objectives, historically low market interest rates and yields and ever-increasing competitive forces in the Chicago metropolitan area, we believe that some compression of our net interest margin is possible in 2013 as the interest rates on maturing loans, or loans not subject to a prepayment penalty, change to current market interest rates. In addition, we anticipate we may be able to offset some of the effects of yield compression with further loan portfolio diversification, some modest growth in noninterest income and, if necessary, further reductions of core operating expenses. As we expect the present economic environment to continue for a considerable period of time in the Chicago metropolitan area, we will continue to accelerate the evolution of our loan portfolio towards a configuration that permits better growth rates in multiple, independent segments with comparable risk-adjusted yields. Through these actions, we hope to improve our core operating earnings in 2013 to the extent feasible and to continue developing the capabilities to expand core operating earnings in future periods.
Results of Operation
Net Income
Comparison of Year 2012 to 2011 . We recorded a net loss of $27.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 , compared to a net loss of $48.7 million for 2011 . The net loss for 2012 was primarily due to a $31.5 million provision for loan losses and $12.7 million of expense for nonperforming asset management and operations of other real estate owned. The $31.5 million provision for loan losses included a $11.5 million charge relating to the consummation of two bulk loan sales and a $5.9 million charge relating to the transfer of loans to the held for sale portfolio in preparation for a bulk sale. The net loss for 2011 was primarily due to the recording of a goodwill impairment expense of $23.9 million , a $22.6 million valuation allowance for deferred tax assets, a $22.7 million provision for loan losses and $10.8 million of expense for nonperforming asset management and operations of other real estate owned. Our loss per share of common stock for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $1.36 per share, compared to $2.46 per share for the year ended December 31, 2011.
Comparison of Year 2011 to 2010 . We recorded a net loss of $48.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 , compared to a net loss of $4.3 million for 2010 . The net loss for 2011 was primarily due to the recording of a goodwill impairment expense of $23.9 million , a $22.6 million valuation allowance for deferred tax assets, a $22.7 million provision for loan losses and $10.8 million of expense for nonperforming asset management and operations of other real estate owned. The net loss in 2010 was due in substantial part to our recording a $12.1 million provision for loan losses, $7.3 million for nonperforming asset management and operations of other real estate owned. Our loss per share of common stock for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $2.46 per share, compared to $0.22 per share for the year ended December 31, 2010.
Net Interest Income
Net interest income is our primary source of revenue. Net interest income equals the excess of interest income (including discount accretion on purchased impaired loans) plus fees earned on interest earning assets over interest expense incurred on interest-bearing liabilities. The level of interest rates and the volume and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities impact net interest income. Interest rate spread and net interest margin are utilized to measure and explain changes in net interest income. Interest rate spread is the difference between the yield on interest-earning assets and the rate paid for interest-bearing liabilities that fund those assets. The net interest margin is expressed as the percentage of net interest income to average interest-earning assets. The net interest margin exceeds the interest rate spread because noninterest-bearing sources of funds, principally noninterest-bearing demand deposits and stockholders' equity, also support interest-earning assets.
The accounting policies underlying the recognition of interest income on loans, securities, and other interest-earning assets are included in Note 1 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.


21



Average Balance Sheets
The following table sets forth average balance sheets, average yields and costs, and certain other information. No tax-equivalent yield adjustments were made, as the effect of these adjustments would not be material. Average balances are daily average balances. Nonaccrual loans are included in the computation of average balances, but have been reflected in the table as loans carrying a zero yield. The yields set forth below include the effect of deferred fees and expenses, discounts and premiums, purchase accounting adjustments that are amortized or accreted to interest income or expense.
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
Average
Outstanding
Balance
 
Interest
 
Yield/Rate
 
Average
Outstanding
Balance
 
Interest
 
Yield/Rate
 
Average
Outstanding
Balance
 
Interest
 
Yield/Rate
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Interest-earning Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans
$
1,155,820

 
$
58,716

 
5.08
%
 
$
1,261,704

 
$
66,706

 
5.29
%
 
$
1,140,865

 
$
60,926

 
5.34
%
Securities
80,030

 
1,485

 
1.86

 
106,060

 
2,665

 
2.51

 
86,032

 
3,488

 
4.05

Stock in FHLBC
10,729

 
29

 
0.27

 
16,243

 
16

 
0.10

 
15,598

 
—

 
—

Other
185,963

 
497

 
0.27

 
112,063

 
321

 
0.29

 
208,742

 
522

 
0.25

Total interest-earning assets
1,432,542

 
60,727

 
4.24

 
1,496,070

 
69,708

 
4.66

 
1,451,237

 
64,936

 
4.47

Noninterest-earning assets
86,191

 
 
 
 
 
125,937

 
 
 
 
 
111,314

 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
1,518,733

 
 
 
 
 
$
1,622,007

 
 
 
 
 
$
1,562,551

 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Savings deposits
$
144,684

 
148

 
0.10

 
$
135,127

 
211

 
0.16

 
$
98,338

 
421

 
0.43

Money market accounts
346,118

 
1,262

 
0.36

 
350,228

 
1,593

 
0.45

 
347,250

 
3,252

 
0.94

NOW accounts
335,552

 
416

 
0.12

 
323,295

 
500

 
0.15

 
295,720

 
1,441

 
0.49

Certificates of deposit
328,529

 
2,517

 
0.77

 
398,059

 
4,389

 
1.10

 
405,188

 
7,219

 
1.78

Total deposits
1,154,883

 
4,343

 
0.38

 
1,206,709

 
6,693

 
0.55

 
1,146,496

 
12,333

 
1.08

Borrowings
8,162

 
104

 
1.27

 
12,758

 
222

 
1.74

 
37,653

 
853

 
2.27

Total interest-bearing liabilities
1,163,045

 
4,447

 
0.38

 
1,219,467

 
6,915

 
0.57

 
1,184,149

 
13,186

 
1.11

Noninterest-bearing deposits
134,807

 
 
 
 
 
131,695

 
 
 
 
 
102,294

 
 
 
 
Noninterest-bearing liabilities
18,036

 
 
 
 
 
20,695

 
 
 
 
 
14,003

 
 
 
 
Total liabilities
1,315,888

 
 
 
 
 
1,371,857

 
 
 
 
 
1,300,446

 
 
 
 
Equity
202,845

 
 
 
 
 
250,150

 
 
 
 
 
262,105

 
 
 
 
Total liabilities and equity
$
1,518,733

 
 
 
 
 
$
1,622,007

 
 
 
 
 
$
1,562,551

 
 
 
 
Net interest income
 
 
$
56,280

 
 
 
 
 
$
62,793

 
 
 
 
 
$
51,750

 
 
Net interest rate spread (1)
 
 
 
 
3.86
%
 
 
 
 
 
4.09
%
 
 
 
 
 
3.36
%
Net interest-earning assets  (2)
$
269,497

 
 
 
 
 
$
276,603

 
 
 
 
 
$
267,088

 
 
 
 
Net interest margin (3)
 
 
 
 
3.93
%
 
 
 
 
 
4.20
%
 
 
 
 
 
3.57
%
Ratio of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities
123.17
%
 
 
 
 
 
122.68
%
 
 
 
 
 
122.56
%
 
 
 
 
_________________
(1)
Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the yield on average interest-earning assets and the cost of average interest-bearing liabilities.
(2)
Net interest-earning assets represents total interest-earning assets less total interest-bearing liabilities.
(3)
Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.


22



Comparison of Year 2012 to 2011 . Net interest income decreased by $6.5 million , or 10.4% , to $56.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 , from $62.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Our net interest rate spread decreased 23 basis points to 3.86% for the year ended December 31, 2012 , compared to 4.09% for 2011 . Our net interest margin decreased by 27 basis points to 3.93% for the year ended December 31, 2012 , from 4.20% for 2011 . Our average interest-earning assets decreased $63.5 million to $1.433 billion for the year ended December 31, 2012 , from $1.496 billion for 2011 , and our average interest-bearing liabilities decreased $56.4 million to $1.163 billion in 2012, from $1.219 billion in 2011.
Comparison of Year 2011 to 2010 . Net interest income increased by $11.0 million , or 21.3% , to $62.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 , from $51.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Our net interest rate spread increased 73 basis points to 4.09% for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to 3.36% for the year ended December 31, 2010. Our net interest margin increased by 63 basis points to 4.20% for the year ended December 31, 2011 , from 3.57% for the year ended December 31, 2010. Our average interest-earning assets increased $44.8 million to $1.496 billion for the year ended 2011, from $1.451 billion for the year ended December 31, 2010, and our average interest-bearing liabilities increased $35.3 million to $1.219 billion in 2011, from $1.184 billion in 2010. The increases in the average interest-earning assets and average interest-bearing liabilities were impacted by our acquisition in March 2011 of Downers Grove National Bank and a portfolio of performing Chicago area multi-family loans.
Rate/Volume Analysis
The following table presents the dollar amount of changes in interest income and interest expense for the major categories of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Information is provided for each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities with respect to changes attributable to changes in volume (i.e., changes in average balances multiplied by the prior-period average rate), and changes attributable to rate (i.e., changes in average rate multiplied by prior-period average balances). For purposes of this table, changes attributable to both rate and volume that cannot be segregated have been allocated proportionately to the change due to volume and the change due to rate.
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2012 vs. 2011
 
2011 vs. 2010
 
Increase (Decrease) Due to
 
 
 
Increase (Decrease) Due to
 

 
Volume
 
Rate
 
Total
Increase
(Decrease)
 
Volume
 
Rate
 
Total
Increase
(Decrease)
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Interest-earning assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans
$
(5,424
)
 
$
(2,566
)
 
$
(7,990
)
 
$
6,359

 
$
(579
)
 
$
5,780

Securities
(574
)
 
(606
)
 
(1,180
)
 
694

 
(1,517
)
 
(823
)
Stock in FHLBC
(7
)
 
20

 
13

 
—

 
16

 
16

Other
200

 
(24
)
 
176

 
(274
)
 
73

 
(201
)
Total interest-earning assets
(5,805
)
 
(3,176
)
 
(8,981
)
 
6,779

 
(2,007
)
 
4,772

Interest-bearing liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Savings deposits
16

 
(79
)
 
(63
)
 
120

 
(330
)
 
(210
)
Money market accounts
(18
)
 
(313
)
 
(331
)
 
28

 
(1,687
)
 
(1,659
)
NOW accounts
18

 
(102
)
 
(84
)
 
127

 
(1,068
)
 
(941
)
Certificates of deposit
(689
)
 
(1,183
)
 
(1,872
)
 
(125
)
 
(2,705
)
 
(2,830
)
Borrowings
(67
)
 
(51
)
 
(118
)
 
(466
)
 
(165
)
 
(631
)
Total interest-bearing liabilities
(740
)
 
(1,728
)
 
(2,468
)
 
(316
)
 
(5,955
)
 
(6,271
)
Change in net interest income
$
(5,065
)
 
$
(1,448
)
 
$
(6,513
)
 
$
7,095

 
$
3,948

 
$
11,043



23



Provision for Loan Losses
We establish provisions for loan losses, which are charged to operations in order to maintain the allowance for loan losses at a level we consider necessary to absorb probable incurred credit losses in the loan portfolio. In determining the level of the allowance for loan losses, we consider past and current loss experience, evaluations of real estate collateral, current economic conditions, volume and type of lending, adverse situations that may affect a borrower’s ability to repay a loan and the levels of nonperforming and other classified loans. The amount of the allowance is based on estimates and the ultimate losses may vary from such estimates as more information becomes available or events change. We assess the allowance for loan losses on a quarterly basis and make provisions for loan losses in order to maintain the allowance.
The provision for loan losses totaled $31.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 , compared to $22.7 million in 2011 and $12.1 million in 2010. The provision for loan losses is a function of the allowance for loan loss methodology we use to determine the appropriate level of the allowance for inherent loan losses after net charge-offs have been deducted. Net charge-offs were $45.2 million in 2012, compared to $13.2 million in 2011 and $8.5 million in 2010. Net charge-offs for 2012 included a $10.8 million charge-off relating to compliance with the OCC's regulatory transition guidance concerning the elimination of special valuation allowances, as well as a $17.4 million charge relating to the consummation of two bulk loan sales and the transfer of loans to the held for sale portfolio in preparation for a bulk sale. For further analysis and information on how we determine the appropriate level for the allowance for loan losses and analysis of credit quality, see “Critical Accounting Policies” and “Risk Classification of Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses.”
Noninterest Income
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
Change
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2012/2011
 
2011/2010
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Deposit service charges and fees
$
2,176

 
$
2,667

 
$
3,020

 
$
(491
)
 
$
(353
)
Other fee income
1,522

 
1,598

 
1,868

 
(76
)
 
(270
)
Insurance commissions and annuities income
510

 
659

 
775

 
(149
)
 
(116
)
Gain on sale of loans, net
841

 
340

 
501

 
501

 
(161
)
Gain on sales of securities
—

 
—

 
31

 
—

 
(31
)
Loss on disposition of premises and equipment
(156
)
 
(19
)
 
(19
)
 
(137
)
 
—

Loan servicing fees
486

 
538

 
604

 
(52
)
 
(66
)
Amortization of servicing assets
(265
)
 
(252
)
 
(549
)
 
(13
)
 
297

Recovery (impairment) of servicing assets
(55
)
 
(15
)
 
74

 
(40
)
 
(89
)
Earnings on bank owned life insurance
438

 
626

 
430

 
(188
)
 
196

Trust income
733

 
676

 
44

 
57

 
632

Other
622

 
499

 
349

 
123

 
150

Total noninterest income
$
6,852

 
$
7,317

 
$
7,128

 
$
(465
)
 
$
189

Comparison of Year 2012 to 2011 . Our noninterest income decreased by $465,000 to $6.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 , from $7.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Deposit service charges and fees decreased $491,000 , or 18.4% , to $2.2 million , from $2.7 million for 2011, primarily attributable to the impact that the Dodd-Frank Act had on certain deposit service charges and fees. Gains on the sale of loans increased by $501,000 , to $841,000 , compared to $340,000 for 2011. We recorded an impairment of servicing assets of $55,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to an impairment of $15,000 in 2011, due to increased delinquency rates in the serviced portfolio. Bank-owned life insurance produced earnings of $438,000 for 2012, a decrease of $188,000 , or 30.0% , compared to a $626,000 for 2011 due to decreased annualized policy returns.
Comparison of Year 2011 to 2010 . Our noninterest income increased by $189,000 to $7.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, from $7.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Our noninterest income for 2011 included trust department income of $676,000 compared to $44,000 for 2010. The increase in trust department income was due to the operation of the Trust Department acquired in the Downers Grove National Bank transaction on March 18, 2011.
Additional factors affecting the change in noninterest income included a $353,000 , or 11.7% , decrease in deposit service charges and fees to $2.7 million , from $3.0 million for 2010, primarily attributable to the impact that the Dodd-Frank Act had on certain deposit service charges and fees. Bank-owned life insurance produced earnings of $626,000 for 2011, an increase of 45.6% , compared to a $430,000 for 2010.


24



Noninterest Expense
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
Change
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2012/2011
 
2011/2010
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Compensation and benefits
$
25,751

 
$
26,027

 
$
26,339

 
$
(276
)
 
$
(312
)
Office occupancy and equipment
6,840

 
7,319

 
6,380

 
(479
)
 
939

Advertising and public relations
689

 
890

 
1,277

 
(201
)
 
(387
)
Information technology
4,638

 
4,182

 
3,733

 
456

 
449

Supplies, telephone and postage
1,687

 
1,698

 
1,596

 
(11
)
 
102

Amortization of intangibles
633

 
1,689

 
1,595

 
(1,056
)
 
94

Nonperforming asset management
5,211

 
4,431

 
3,342

 
780

 
1,089

Loss on sale other real estate owned
253

 
15

 
415

 
238

 
(400
)
Valuation adjustments of other real estate owned
5,560

 
3,970

 
2,392

 
1,590

 
1,578

Operations of other real estate owned
1,678

 
2,350

 
1,165

 
(672
)
 
1,185

FDIC insurance premiums
1,779

 
1,441

 
2,126

 
338

 
(685
)
Acquisition costs
—

 
1,761

 
81

 
(1,761
)
 
1,680

Goodwill impairment
—

 
23,862

 
—

 
(23,862
)
 
23,862

Other
4,000

 
4,073

 
3,408

 
(73
)
 
665

Total noninterest expense
$
58,719

 
$
83,708

 
$
53,849

 
$
(24,989
)
 
$
29,859

Comparison of Year 2012 to 2011 . For the year ended December 31, 2012, noninterest expense decreased by $25.0 million , or 29.9% to $58.7 million , from $83.7 million for 2011. Noninterest expense for 2011 included a $23.9 million goodwill impairment expense and expenses relating to the acquisitions of Downers Grove National Bank and a portfolio of multi-family loans from Citibank. Amortization of intangibles decreased $1.1 million , or 62.5% , to $633,000 from $1.7 million in 2011. Noninterest expense for 2011 included core deposit intangible amortization expenses relating to the acquisition of Success National Bank; the core deposit intangible for Success National Bank was fully amortized as of November 2011. Noninterest expense for 2012 included $7.5 million of nonperforming asset management and OREO expenses, compared to $6.3 million for 2011. Nonperforming asset management expenses increased $780,000 to $5.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 , compared to $4.4 million in 2011. OREO expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012 included a $5.6 million of valuation adjustment to OREO properties compared to a $4.0 million valuation adjustment in 2011. The increase in valuation adjustments was due in part to a revision of our disposition strategy for certain income-producing OREO properties from an ordinary-liquidation pricing model to an aggressive pricing model designed to stimulate market demand.
Comparison of Year 2011 to 2010 . For the year ended December 31, 2011, noninterest expense increased by $29.9 million , or 55.4% , to $83.7 million from $53.8 million for 2010. The increase was primarily due to the recording of a $23.9 million goodwill impairment expense in 2011, increased nonperforming asset management and OREO operations expenses, and expenses recorded in connection with acquisitions. Stock-based compensation expense decreased $2.1 million because the majority of stock awards fully vested in December 2010. The decrease in stock-based compensation expense was partially offset by residual transitional staffing expenses relating to the Downers Grove National Bank acquisition and the additional staffing that was required for the trust department and the two branch offices that were acquired in the transaction. Office occupancy and equipment expense increased $939,000 , or 14.7% , to $7.3 million , compared to $6.4 million for 2010, due in substantial part to the Downers Grove National Bank acquisition. Noninterest expense for 2011 included $6.3 million of nonperforming asset management and OREO expenses, compared to $4.0 million for 2010. Nonperforming asset management expenses increased $1.1 million to $4.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $3.3 million in 2010. Acquisition expenses reflected a $1.4 million expense relating to the acquisition of Downers Grove National Bank, including $518,000 for data processing contracts and operational expenses and $675,000 contract and severance payments, and a $396,000 expense relating to our Chicago area multi-family loan purchase from Citibank.
Income Taxes
Comparison of Year 2012 to 2011 . For the year ended December 31, 2012 , we recorded no income tax expense or benefit due to the full valuation allowance we established for deferred tax assets, compared to an income tax expense of $12.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, which was recorded in connection with the establishment of a full deferred tax asset valuation allowance.


25



Comparison of Year 2011 to 2010 . For the year ended December 31, 2011, we recorded an income tax expense of $12.4 million, compared to an income tax benefit of $2.7 million for 2010. The recognition of the $12.4 million income tax expense for 2011 resulted from a non-cash charge of $22.6 million for the establishment of a full valuation allowance for our deferred tax assets. The effective tax rate was 38.94% for the year ended December 31, 2010. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2011 is not meaningful due to the size of our operating loss relative to the income expense resulting from the valuation allowance.
Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011
Total assets decreased $82.4 million , or 5.3% , to $1.481 billion at December 31, 2012 , from $1.564 billion at December 31, 2011 . The decrease in total assets was primarily due to a decrease in loans receivable. The decrease was partially offset by an increase in cash and cash equivalents. Net loans decreased $196.9 million to $1.030 billion at December 31, 2012 , from $1.227 billion at December 31, 2011 . Net cash and cash equivalents increased by $155.1 million to $275.8 million at December 31, 2012 , from $120.7 million at December 31, 2011 .
Our loan portfolio consists primarily of investment and business loans (multi-family, nonresidential real estate, commercial, construction and land loans, and commercial leases), which together made up 78.9% of gross loans at December 31, 2012 . Net loans receivable decreased $196.9 million , or 16.0% , to $1.030 billion at December 31, 2012 , from $1.227 billion at December 31, 2011 . Multi-family mortgage loans decreased by $71.6 million , or 16.9% ; commercial loans decreased by $32.5 million , or 34.6% ; nonresidential real estate loans decreased $47.0 million , or 15.1% ;construction and land loans decreased $11.3 million , or 56.9% . One-to-four family residential mortgage loans decreased $53.4 million , or 19.6% . Commercial leases increased by $4.8 million , or 3.6% .
Our allowance for loan losses decreased by $13.7 million , or 43.2% , to $18.0 million at December 31, 2012 , from $31.7 million at December 31, 2011 . The decrease reflects the combined impact of a $31.5 million provision for loan losses offset by $45.2 million in net charge-offs. Net charge-offs for 2012 included a $10.8 million charge-off relating to compliance with the OCC's regulatory transition guidance concerning the elimination of special valuation allowances.
Securities decreased $15.0 million , or 16.2% , to $77.8 million at December 31, 2012 , from $92.8 million at December 31, 2011 , due primarily to the receipt of principal repayments of $19.7 million on residential mortgage-backed and collateralized mortgage obligations. During 2012 and 2011 , we also invested in FDIC insured certificates of deposit issued by other insured depository institutions.
Deposits decreased $50.2 million , or 3.8% , to $1.282 billion at December 31, 2012 , from $1.333 billion at December 31, 2011 . Core deposits (savings, money market, noninterest-bearing demand and NOW accounts) increased by $9.0 million . Core deposits increased as a percentage of total deposits, representing 76.2% of total deposits at December 31, 2012 , compared to 72.7% of total deposits at December 31, 2011 .
Certificates of deposit decreased $59.2 million , or 16.2% , to $305.3 million at December 31, 2012 from $364.4 million at December 31, 2011 . The decrease was primarily due to our lessening our competitive pricing position in anticipation of additional excess liquidity resulting from loan payments and bulk sales of loans.
Total stockholders’ equity was $172.9 million at December 31, 2012 , compared to $199.9 million at December 31, 2011 . The decrease in total stockholders’ equity was primarily due to the $27.1 million net loss that we recorded for the year ended December 31, 2012 . The unallocated shares of common stock that our ESOP owns were reflected as a $12.2 million reduction to stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2012 , compared to $13.2 million at December 31, 2011 .
Securities
Our investment policy is established by our Board of Directors. The policy emphasizes safety of the investment, liquidity requirements, potential returns, cash flow targets, and consistency with our interest rate risk management strategy.
At December 31, 2012 our mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) reflected in the following table were issued by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises and agencies, Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae and Ginnie Mae, and are obligations which the federal government has affirmed its commitment to support. All securities reflected in the table were classified as available-for-sale at December 31, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 .
We hold FHLBC common stock to qualify for membership in the Federal Home Loan Bank System and to be eligible to borrow funds under the FHLBC’s advance program. The aggregate cost of our FHLBC common stock as of December 31, 2012 was $8.4 million based on its par value. There is no market for FHLBC common stock. Due to our receipt of stock dividends in prior years and the amount of our outstanding FHLBC advances, we owned shares of FHLBC common stock at December 31, 2012 with a par value that was $1.1 million more than we were required to own to maintain our membership in the Federal Home Loan Bank


26



System and to be eligible to obtain advances (“excess” or “voluntary” capital stock). During 2012, we redeemed $7.9 million of excess FHLBC stock.
The following table sets forth the composition, amortized cost and fair value of our securities.
 
At December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Fair
Value
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Fair Value
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Fair Value
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Certificates of deposits
$
33,456

 
$
33,456

 
$
30,448

 
$
30,448

 
$
27,766

 
$
27,766

Municipal securities
350

 
369

 
515

 
551

 
675

 
709

Equity mutual fund
500

 
528

 
500

 
524

 
—

 
—

SBA - guaranteed loan participation certificates
42

 
42

 
47

 
47

 
103

 
105

Total
34,348

 
34,395

 
31,510

 
31,570

 
28,544

 
28,580

Mortgage-backed Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities - residential
32,572

 
34,233

 
34,691

 
36,076

 
41,034

 
42,435

CMOs and REMICs - residential
9,111

 
9,204

 
24,837

 
25,186

 
48,262

 
49,732

Total mortgage-backed securities
41,683

 
43,437

 
59,528

 
61,262

 
89,296

 
92,167

Total
$
76,031

 
$
77,832

 
$
91,038

 
$
92,832

 
$
117,840

 
$
120,747

The fair values of marketable equity securities are generally determined by quoted prices, in active markets, for each specific security. If quoted market prices are not available for a marketable equity security, we determine its fair value based on the quoted price of a similar security traded in an active market. The fair values of debt securities are generally determined by matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique widely used in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities, but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted securities. The fair value of a security is used to determine the amount of any unrealized losses that must be reflected in our other comprehensive income and the net book value of our securities.
We evaluate marketable investment securities with significant declines in fair value on a quarterly basis to determine whether they should be considered other-than-temporarily impaired under current accounting guidance, which generally provides that if a marketable security is in an unrealized loss position, whether due to general market conditions or industry or issuer-specific factors, the holder of the securities must assess whether the impairment is other-than-temporary.


27



Portfolio Maturities and Yields
The composition and maturities of the securities portfolio and the mortgage-backed securities portfolio at December 31, 2012 are summarized in the following table. Maturities are based on the final contractual payment dates, and do not reflect the impact of prepayments or early redemptions that may occur. Municipal securities yields have not been adjusted to a tax-equivalent basis, as the amount is immaterial.
 
One Year or Less
 
More than One Year
through Five Years
 
More than Five Years
through Ten Years
 
More than Ten Years
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Weighted
Average
Yield
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Weighted
Average
Yield
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Weighted
Average
Yield
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Weighted
Average
Yield
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Certificates of deposit
$
33,456

 
0.50
%
 
$
—

 
—
%
 
$
—

 
—
%
 
$
—

 
—
%
Municipal securities
170

 
4.45

 
180

 
4.60

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

Equity mutual fund
500

 
1.98

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

SBA guaranteed loan participation certificates
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
42

 
1.75

 
—

 
—

Total
34,126

 
0.55

 
180

 
4.60

 
42

 
1.75

 
—

 
—

Mortgage-backed Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pass-through securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fannie Mae
20

 
4.50

 
915

 
5.68

 
16

 
2.23

 
13,757

 
2.93

Freddie Mac
—

 
—

 
46

 
1.93

 
308

 
1.92

 
2,124

 
3.54

Ginnie Mae
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
121

 
1.75

 
15,266

 
2.54

CMOs and REMICs
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
9,111

 
2.23

Total
20

 
4.50

 
961

 
5.41

 
445

 
1.89

 
40,258

 
2.66

Total securities
$
34,146

 
0.55
%
 
$
1,141

 
5.36
%
 
$
487

 
1.87
%
 
$
40,258

 
2.66
%


28



Loan Portfolio
We originate multi-family mortgage loans, nonresidential real estate loans, commercial loans, commercial leases, and construction and land loans. In addition, we originate one-to-four family residential mortgage loans and consumer loans, and purchase and sell loan participations from time-to-time. Our principal loan products are discussed in Note 4 of the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
The following table sets forth the composition of our loan portfolio, excluding loans held-for-sale, by type of loan.
 
At December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
2008
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
(Dollars in thousands)
One-to-four family residential
$
218,596

 
20.86
%
 
$
272,032

 
21.62
%
 
$
256,300

 
23.92
%
 
$
289,623

 
23.44
%
 
$
312,390

 
24.39
%
Multi-family mortgage
352,019

 
33.60

 
423,615

 
33.67

 
296,916

 
27.71

 
329,227

 
26.65

 
305,318

 
23.84

Nonresidential real estate
264,672

 
25.26

 
311,641

 
24.77

 
281,987

 
26.31

 
316,607

 
25.62

 
342,583

 
26.74

Construction and land
8,552

 
0.82

 
19,852

 
1.58

 
18,398

 
1.72

 
32,577

 
2.64

 
50,687

 
3.96

Commercial loans
61,388

 
5.86

 
93,932

 
7.46

 
64,679

 
6.04

 
88,067

 
7.13

 
92,679

 
7.23

Commercial leases
139,783

 
13.34

 
134,990

 
10.73

 
151,107

 
14.10

 
176,821

 
14.31

 
174,644

 
13.63

Consumer
2,745

 
0.26

 
2,147

 
0.17

 
2,182

 
0.20

 
2,539

 
0.21

 
2,655

 
0.21

Total loans
1,047,755

 
100.00
%
 
1,258,209

 
100.00
%
 
1,071,569

 
100.00
%
 
1,235,461

 
100.00
%
 
1,280,956

 
100.00
%
Net deferred loan origination costs
745

 
 
 
908

 
 
 
1,377

 
 
 
1,701

 
 
 
1,912

 
 
Allowance for loan losses
(18,035
)
 
 
 
(31,726
)
 
 
 
(22,180
)
 
 
 
(18,622
)
 
 
 
(14,746
)
 
 
Total loans, net
$
1,030,465

 
 
 
$
1,227,391

 
 
 
$
1,050,766

 
 
 
$
1,218,540

 
 
 
$
1,268,122

 
 
Loan Portfolio Maturities
The following table summarizes the scheduled repayments of our loan portfolio at December 31, 2012. Demand loans, loans having no stated repayment schedule or maturity and overdraft loans are reported as being due in one year or less.
 
Within
One Year
 
One Year
Through
Five Years
 
Beyond
Five Years
 
Total

(Dollars in thousands)
Scheduled Repayments of Loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
One-to-four family residential
$
31,802

 
$
73,418

 
$
113,376

 
$
218,596

Multi-family mortgage
45,436

 
137,227

 
169,356

 
352,019

Nonresidential real estate
135,476

 
117,380

 
11,816

 
264,672

Construction and land
7,784

 
768

 
—

 
8,552

Commercial loans and leases
119,551

 
81,262

 
358

 
201,171

Consumer
969

 
1,244

 
532

 
2,745

Total loans
$
341,018

 
$
411,299

 
$
295,438

 
$
1,047,755

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
Loans Maturing After One Year:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Predetermined (fixed) interest rates
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
452,125

Adjustable interest rates
 
 
 
 
 
 
254,612

Total loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
706,737





29



Nonperforming Loans and Assets
We review loans on a regular basis, and generally place loans on nonaccrual status when either principal or interest is 90 days or more past due. In addition, the Company places loans on nonaccrual status when we do not expect to receive full payment of interest or principal. Interest accrued and unpaid at the time a loan is placed on nonaccrual status is reversed from interest income. Interest payments received on nonaccrual loans are recognized in accordance with our significant accounting policies. Once a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, the borrower must generally demonstrate at least six months of payment performance before the loan is eligible to return to accrual status. We may have loans classified as 90 days or more delinquent and still accruing. Generally, we do not utilize this category of loan classification unless: (1) the loan is repaid in full shortly after the period end date; (2) the loan is well secured and there are no asserted or pending legal barriers to its collection; or (3) the borrower has remitted all scheduled payments and is otherwise in substantial compliance with the terms of the loan, but the processing of loan payments actually received or the renewal of the loan has not occurred for administrative reasons. At December 31, 2012, we had three loans totaling $332,000 in this category.
We typically obtain new third–party appraisals or collateral valuations when we place a loan on nonaccrual status, conduct impairment testing or conduct a TDR unless the existing valuation information for the collateral is sufficiently current to comply with the requirements of our Appraisal and Collateral Valuation Policy (“ACV Policy”). We also obtain new third–party appraisals or collateral valuations when the judicial foreclosure process concludes with respect to real estate collateral, and when we otherwise acquire actual or constructive title to real estate collateral. In addition to third–party appraisals, we use updated valuation information based on Multiple Listing Service data, broker opinions of value, actual sales prices of similar assets sold by us and approved sales prices in response to offers to purchase similar assets owned by us to provide interim valuation information for consolidated financial statement and management purposes. Our ACV Policy establishes the maximum useful life of a real estate appraisal at 18 months. Because appraisals and updated valuations utilize historical or “ask–side” data in reaching valuation conclusions, the appraised or updated valuation may or may not reflect the actual sales price that we will receive at the time of sale.
Real estate appraisals may include up to three approaches to value: the sales comparison approach, the income approach (for income-producing property) and the cost approach. Not all appraisals utilize all three approaches. Depending on the nature of the collateral and market conditions, we may emphasize one approach over another in determining the fair value of real estate collateral. Appraisals may also contain different estimates of value based on the level of occupancy or planned future improvements. “As-is” valuations represent an estimate of value based on current market conditions with no changes to the use or condition of the real estate collateral. “As-stabilized” or “as-completed” valuations assume the real estate collateral will be improved to a stated standard or achieve its highest and best use in terms of occupancy. “As-stabilized” or “as-completed” valuations may be subject to a present value adjustment for market conditions or the schedule of improvements.
As part of the asset classification process, we develop an exit strategy for real estate collateral or OREO by assessing overall market conditions, the current use and condition of the asset, and its highest and best use. For most income–producing real estate, we believe that investors value most highly a stable income stream from the asset; consequently, we perform a comparative evaluation to determine whether conducting a sale on an “as–is”, “as–stabilized” or “as–improved” basis is most likely to produce the highest net realizable value. If we determine that the “as–stabilized” or “as–improved” basis is appropriate, we then complete the necessary improvements or tenant stabilization tasks, with the applicable time value discount and improvement expenses incorporated into our estimates of the expected costs to sell. As of December 31, 2012, substantially all impaired real estate loan collateral and OREO were valued on an “as–is basis.”
Estimates of the net realizable value of real estate collateral also include a deduction for the expected costs to sell the collateral or such other deductions from the cash flows resulting from the operation and liquidation of the asset as are appropriate. For most real estate collateral subject to the judicial foreclosure process, we apply a 10.0% deduction to the value of the asset to determine the expected costs to sell the asset. This estimate includes one year of real estate taxes, sales commissions and miscellaneous repair and closing costs. If we receive a purchase offer that requires unbudgeted repairs, or if the expected resolution period for the asset exceeds one year, we then include, on a case-by-case basis, the costs of the additional real estate taxes and repairs and any other material holding costs in the expected costs to sell the collateral. For OREO, we only apply a 7.0% deduction to determine the expected costs to sell, as expenses for real estate taxes and repairs are expensed when incurred.


30



Nonperforming Assets Summary
The following table below sets forth the amounts and categories of our nonperforming loans and nonperforming assets.
 
At December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
2008
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Nonaccrual loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
One-to-four family residential
$
7,299

 
$
10,622

 
$
10,059

 
$
11,453

 
$
2,205

Multi-family mortgage
3,517

 
14,807

 
13,228

 
13,961

 
2,101

Nonresidential real estate
8,985

 
29,927

 
12,428

 
11,074

 
2,961

Construction and land
2,210

 
3,246

 
6,139

 
8,841

 
5,145

Commercial
256

 
2,920

 
3,766

 
4,160

 
1,141

Commercial leases
—

 
22

 
72

 
—

 
105

Consumer
—

 
3

 
3

 
—

 
—

 
22,267

 
61,547

 
45,695

 
49,489

 
13,658

Loans held-for-sale
1,752

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

Other real estate owned:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
One-to-four family residential
1,760

 
5,328

 
3,015

 
601

 
588

Multi-family mortgage
720

 
3,655

 
2,486

 
976

 
133

Nonresidential real estate
3,504

 
4,905

 
7,376

 
1,416

 
—

Land
1,323

 
2,237

 
1,745

 
1,091

 
234

 
7,307

 
16,125

 
14,622

 
4,084

 
955

Nonperforming assets (excluding purchased impaired loans and purchased other real estate owned)
31,326

 
77,672

 
60,317

 
53,573

 
14,613

Purchased impaired loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
One-to-four family residential
380

 
3,941

 
—

 
—

 
—

Multi-family mortgage
—

 
1,418

 
—

 
—

 
—

Nonresidential real estate
2,568

 
3,375

 
—

 
—

 
—

Construction and land
1,021

 
4,788

 
—

 
—

 
—

Commercial
20

 
1,078

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
3,989

 
14,600

 
—

 
—

 
—

Purchased other real estate owned:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
One-to-four family residential
320

 
327

 
—

 
—

 
—

Nonresidential real estate
462

 
2,546

 
—

 
—

 
—

Land
2,269

 
3,482

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
3,051

 
6,355

 
—

 
—

 
—

Purchased impaired loans and other real estate owned
7,040

 
20,955

 
—

 
—

 
—

Total nonperforming assets
$
38,366

 
$
98,627

 
$
60,317

 
$
53,573

 
$
14,613

Ratios:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nonperforming loans to total loans
2.67
%
 
6.05
%
 
4.26
%
 
4.01
%
 
1.07
%
Nonperforming loans to total loans (1)
2.29

 
4.89

 
—

 
—

 
—

Nonperforming assets to total assets
2.59

 
6.31

 
3.94

 
3.42

 
0.94

Nonperforming assets to total assets (1)
2.11

 
4.97

 
—

 
—

 
—

    
(1)
These asset quality ratios exclude purchased impaired loans and purchased other real estate owned resulting from the Downers Grove National Bank acquisition.


31



Nonperforming Assets
Nonperforming assets decreased by $60.3 million in 2012, due in substantial part to the execution of the Company's plan to materially reduce future nonperforming asset expenses and accelerate the return to the Company's historical asset quality levels. The actions that were taken in 2012 in furtherance of the plan included:
•
We completed two bulk sales of certain nonperforming assets with a total carrying value of $22.7 million, consisting of $22.0 million of nonperforming loans and $710,000 of OREO. We recorded a pre-tax charges of approximately $11.5 million on the completion of these sales in the fourth quarter 2012.
•
We designated certain owner-occupied and investor-owned one-to-four family residential loans with a carrying value of $7.5 million as “held for sale” in preparation for a bulk sale. The loans generally involved properties that exhibited significant declines in collateral valuations and/or presented limited resolution options. The designation resulted in a $5.9 million pre-tax charge to provision for loan losses in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. On February 28, 2013, we completed the sale of these loans. The completion of this sale is expected to result in pre-tax gain on sale of loans of approximately $1.3 million .
•
We engaged in split-note restructurings with four separate borrowers pursuant to applicable published regulatory and accounting guidance. The loans had an aggregate carrying value of $7.1 million prior to the completion of the restructurings. At the conclusion of the restructurings, $5.2 million remained on accrual status due to these actions and are expected to be eligible for favorable risk-rating classification in 2013 after a period of sustained performance. The remaining $1.9 million was charged against the provision for loan losses for the quarter ended December 31, 2012.
•
In 2012, we closed $13.4 million in OREO sales, or 59.6% of total OREO at December 31, 2011. We also changed our disposition strategy on certain income-producing OREO assets from an ordinary-liquidation pricing model to an aggressive pricing model designed to stimulate market demand, and recorded related valuation adjustments. Our evaluation methodology involved an assessment of the disposition strategy that was likely to provide the highest cash proceeds within a defined period of time.
Other Real Estate Owned
Real estate that is acquired through foreclosure or a deed in lieu of foreclosure is classified as OREO until it is sold. When real estate is acquired through foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure, it is recorded at its fair value, less the estimated costs of disposal. If the fair value of the property is less than the loan balance, the difference is charged against the allowance for loan losses.
The following represents the rollfoward of OREO and the composition of OREO properties.
 
 
At and For the Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Beginning balance
 
$
22,480

 
$
14,622

New foreclosed properties
 
7,035

 
14,132

Acquired other real estate owned
 
—

 
6,965

Valuation adjustments
 
(5,750
)
 
(4,150
)
Sales
 
(13,407
)
 
(9,089
)
Ending balance
 
$
10,358

 
$
22,480



32



 
December 31, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
 
Balance
 
Valuation Allowance
 
Net OREO Balance
 
Balance
 
Valuation Allowance
 
Net OREO Balance

(Dollars in thousands)
One–to–four family residential
$
1,827

 
$
(67
)
 
$
1,760

 
$
5,328

 
$
—

 
$
5,328

Multi-family mortgage
720

 
—

 
720

 
3,655

 
—

 
3,655

Nonresidential real estate
3,883

 
(379
)
 
3,504

 
4,905

 
—

 
4,905

Land
1,557

 
(234
)
 
1,323

 
2,237

 
—

 
2,237

 
7,987

 
(680
)
 
7,307

 
16,125

 
—

 
16,125

Acquired other real estate owned:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
One–to–four family residential
320

 
—

 
320

 
327

 
—

 
327

Nonresidential real estate
565

 
(103
)
 
462

 
2,546

 
—

 
2,546

Land
2,666

 
(397
)
 
2,269

 
3,482

 
—

 
3,482

 
3,551

 
(500
)
 
3,051

 
6,355

 
—

 
6,355

Total other real estate owned
$
11,538

 
$
(1,180
)
 
$
10,358

 
$
22,480

 
$
—

 
$
22,480

Activity in the valuation allowance:
 
 
At and For the Years Ended December 31, 2012
Beginning of year
 
$
—

Additions charged to expense
 
1,180

Recoveries credited to expense
 
—

Reductions from sales of other real estate owned
 
—

Direct write downs
 
—

End of year
 
$
1,180

Loan Extensions and Modifications
Maturing loans are subject to our standard loan underwriting policies and practices. Due to the need to obtain updated borrower and guarantor financial information, collateral information or to prepare revised loan documentations, loans in the process of renewal may appear as past due because the information needed to underwrite a renewal of the loan is not available to us prior to the maturity date of the loan. At times, short-term administrative extensions, which are typically 90 days in duration, are granted to facilitate proper underwriting. In general, loan modifications are subject to a risk-adjusted pricing analysis.
When appropriate, we evaluate loan extensions or modifications in accordance with ASC 310-40 and related federal regulatory guidance concerning TDRs and the FFIEC workout guidance to determine the required treatment for nonaccrual status and risk classification purposes. In general, if we grant a loan modification or extension that involves either the absence of principal amortization (other than for revolving lines of credit which are customarily granted on interest-only terms), or if we grant a material extension of an existing loan amortization period in excess of our underwriting standards, the loan will be placed on nonaccrual status and impairment testing conducted to determine whether a specific valuation allowance or loss classification / charge-off is required. If the loan is well secured by an abundance of collateral and the collectability of both interest and principal is probable, the loan may remain on accrual status, but it will be classified as a TDR due to the concession made in the loan principal amortization payment component. A loan in full compliance with the payment requirements specified in a loan modification will not be considered as past due, but may nonetheless be placed on nonaccrual status or be classified as a TDR, as appropriate under the circumstances.
In accordance with the FFIEC workout guidance, the Company will restructure a note into two separate notes (A/B structure), charging off the entire B portion of the note. The A note is structured with appropriate loan-to-value and cash flow coverage ratios that provide for a high likelihood of repayment. The A note is classified as a non-performing note until the borrower has displayed a historical payment performance for a reasonable time prior to and subsequent to the restructuring. A period of sustained repayment for at least six months generally is required to return the note to accrual status provided that management has determined that the performance is reasonably expected to continue. The A note will be classified as a restructured note (either performing or nonperforming) through the calendar year of the restructuring that the historical payment performance has been established.


33



Troubled Debt Restructuring
The Company had $11.2 million of TDRs at December 31, 2012 , compared to $18.1 million at December 31, 2011 , with $318,000 and $1.2 million in specific valuation allowances allocated to those loans at December 31, 2012 and 2011 , respectively. The Company had no outstanding commitments to borrowers whose loans are classified as TDRs.
The following table presents TDRs by class.
 
At December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
(Dollars in thousands)
One-to-four family residential real estate
$
2,802

 
$
5,619

Multi-family mortgage
1,201

 
5,783

Nonresidential real estate
5,189

 
2,220

Commercial loans – secured
—

 
238

Troubled debt restructured loans – accrual loans
9,192

 
13,860

One-to-four family residential real estate
767

 
556

Multi-family mortgage
938

 
717

Nonresidential real estate
270

 
2,960

Commercial loans – secured
—

 
—

Consumer loans
—

 
3

Troubled debt restructured loans – nonaccrual loans
1,975

 
4,236

Total troubled debt restructured loans
$
11,167

 
$
18,096

Risk Classification of Loans
Our policies, consistent with regulatory guidelines, provide for the classification of loans and other assets that are considered to be of lesser quality as substandard, doubtful, or loss assets, or designated as special mention.
A substandard asset is inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Assets so classified must have a well-defined weakness, or weaknesses, that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. The risk rating guidance published by the OCC clarifies that a loan with a well-defined weakness does not have to present a probability of default for the loan to be rated substandard, and that an individual loan’s loss potential does not have to be distinct for the loan to be rated substandard. An asset classified as doubtful has all the weaknesses inherent in one classified as substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable. Assets classified as loss are those considered uncollectible and of such little value that their continuance as assets is not warranted; such balances are promptly charged-off as required by applicable federal regulations. A special mention asset has potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the asset or in the institution’s credit position at some future date. Special mention assets are not adversely classified and do not expose an institution to sufficient risk to warrant adverse classification.
Based on a review of our assets at December 31, 2012 , classified loans consisted of performing substandard loans of $55.0 million and $26.4 million of nonperforming loans. As of December 31, 2012 , we had $41.4 million of assets designated as special mention.
Allowance for Loan Losses
We establish provisions for loan losses, which are charged to operations in order to maintain the allowance for loan losses at a level we consider necessary to absorb probable incurred credit losses in the loan portfolio. In determining the level of the allowance for loan losses, we consider past and current loss experience, trends in nonaccrual loans, evaluations of real estate collateral, current economic conditions, volume and type of lending, adverse situations that may affect a borrower’s ability to repay a loan and the levels of n o nperforming and other classified loans. The amount of the allowance is based on estimates and the ultimate losses may vary from the estimates as more information becomes available or events change.
We provide for loan losses based on the allowance method. Accordingly, all loan losses are charged to the related allowance and all recoveries are credited to it. Additions to the allowance for loan losses are provided by charges to income based on various factors that, in our judgment, deserve current recognition in estimating probable incurred credit losses. We review the loan portfolio


34



on an ongoing basis and make provisions for loan losses on a quarterly basis to maintain the allowance for loan losses in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The allowance for loan losses consists of two components:
•
specific allowances established for any impaired residential non-owner occupied mortgage, multi-family mortgage, nonresidential real estate, construction and land, commercial, and commercial lease loans for which the recorded investment in the loan exceeds the measured value of the loan; and
•
general allowances for loan losses for each loan class based on historical loan loss experience; and adjustments to historical loss experience (general allowances), maintained to cover uncertainties that affect our estimate of probable incurred credit losses for each loan class.
The adjustments to historical loss experience are based on our evaluation of several factors, including levels of, and trends in, past due and classified loans; levels of, and trends in, charge-offs and recoveries; trends in volume and terms of loans, including any credit concentrations in the loan portfolio; experience, ability, and depth of lending management and other relevant staff; and national and local economic trends and conditions.
We evaluate the allowance for loan losses based upon the combined total of the specific and general components. Generally, when the loan portfolio increases, absent other factors, the allowance for loan loss methodology results in a higher dollar amount of estimated probable incurred credit losses than would be the case without the increase. Conversely, when the loan portfolio decreases, absent other factors, the allowance for loan loss methodology generally results in a lower dollar amount of estimated probable losses than would be the case without the decrease.
We review our loan portfolio on an ongoing basis to determine whether any loans require classification and impairment testing in accordance with applicable regulations and accounting principles. When we classify loans as either substandard or doubtful and in certain other cases, we review the collateral and future cash flow projections to determine if a specific reserve is necessary. The allowance for loan losses represents amounts that have been established to recognize incurred credit losses in the loan portfolio that are both probable and reasonably estimable at the date of the consolidated financial statements. When we classify problem loans as loss, we charge-off such amounts.
We refined the calculation of the general component of the allowance for loan losses during the fourth quarter of 2010 in response to the new FASB disclosure requirement that each loan portfolio category must be segmented into specific loan classes (FASB Standards Update 2010-20 (ASU 210-20), “Receivables (Topic 310): Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses”). Loan class segmentation tables are presented in Note 4 of the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" in Item 8 of this Form 10-K. To maintain consistency, the loan class segmentation was also applied within the 12-quarter loss history that we use to calculate the general component of the allowance for loan losses, inherent risk factor weightings were adjusted based on our evaluation of their relevance to the new loan classes, and duplicative historical loss factors were eliminated from the loan class segmentation.
While we use the best information available to make evaluations, future adjustments to the allowance may become necessary if conditions differ substantially from the information that we used in making the evaluations. Our determinations as to the risk classification of our loans and the amount of our allowance for loan losses are subject to review by our regulatory agencies, which can require that we establish additional loss allowances.


35



Net Charge-offs and Recoveries
The following table sets forth activity in our allowance for loan losses.
 
At or For the Years Ended December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
2008
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Balance at beginning of year
$
31,726

 
$
22,180

 
$
18,622

 
$
14,746

 
$
11,051

Charge-offs:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
One-to-four family residential
(12,366
)
 
(5,316
)
 
(2,292
)
 
(461
)
 
(248
)
Multi-family mortgage
(7,203
)
 
(3,514
)
 
(2,385
)
 
(297
)
 
(169
)
Nonresidential real estate
(18,167
)
 
(698
)
 
(2,897
)
 
(1,518
)
 
(605
)
Construction and land
(4,311
)
 
(2,519
)
 
(525
)
 
(2,262
)
 
(115
)
Commercial loans
(4,960
)
 
(1,394
)
 
(1,174
)
 
(463
)
 
(130
)
Commercial leases
(121
)
 
(72
)
 
—

 
(22
)
 
—

Consumer
(103
)
 
(93
)
 
(16
)
 
(42
)
 
(146
)
Total charge-offs
(47,231
)
 
(13,606
)
 
(9,289
)
 
(5,065
)
 
(1,413
)
Recoveries:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
One-to-four family residential
233

 
51

 
69

 
82

 
1

Multi-family mortgage
539

 
125

 
3

 
—

 
—

Nonresidential real estate
328

 
73

 
633

 
36

 
4

Construction and land
250

 
—

 
58

 
—

 
—

Commercial loans
626

 
173

 
1

 
3

 
1

Commercial leases
—

 
—

 
—

 
6

 
—

Consumer
42

 
7

 
—

 
3

 
10

Total recoveries
2,018

 
429

 
764

 
130

 
16

Net charge-offs
(45,213
)
 
(13,177
)
 
(8,525
)
 
(4,935
)
 
(1,397
)
Provision for loan losses
31,522

 
22,723

 
12,083

 
8,811

 
5,092

Balance at end of year
$
18,035

 
$
31,726

 
$
22,180

 
$
18,622

 
$
14,746

Ratios:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding
3.91
%
 
1.04
%
 
0.75
%
 
0.39
%
 
0.11
%
Allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans
64.39

 
41.66

 
48.54

 
37.63

 
107.97

Allowance for loan losses to total loans
1.72

 
2.52

 
2.07

 
1.51

 
1.15

Our allowance for loan losses declined $13.7 million in 2012 due in substantial part to our adoption of guidance that the OCC issued in connection with the transition of federal savings banks from OTS to OCC supervision. The OCC guidance stated that the specific valuation allowances that the OTS' accounting guidance historically permitted federal savings banks to maintain for collateral dependent loans should be eliminated. We adopted this methodology in the third quarter 2012 and charged off $10.8 million of specific valuation allowances. This one time charge did not impact earnings or the provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2012 ; however, the $10.8 million of specific valuation allowance charge-offs were included in total charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2012 and reduced our recorded balances for loans, the allowance for loan losses, nonaccrual loans and impaired loans.
Net charge-offs were $45.2 million and $13.2 million , respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, and $8.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The $31.5 million provision for loan losses included a $11.5 million charge relating to the consummation of two bulk loan sales and a $5.9 million charge relating to the transfer of loans to the held for sale portfolio in preparation for a bulk sale.
A loan balance is classified as a loss and charged-off when it is confirmed that there is no readily apparent source of repayment for the amount of the loan that is classified as loss. Confirmation can occur upon the receipt of updated third-party appraisal valuation information indicating that there is a low probability of repayment upon sale of the collateral, the final disposition of collateral where the net proceeds are insufficient to pay the loan balance in full, our failure to obtain possession of certain consumer-loan collateral within certain time limits specified by applicable federal regulations, the conclusion of legal proceedings where the


36



borrower’s obligation to repay is legally discharged (such as a federal Chapter 7 bankruptcy proceeding), or when it appears that further formal collection procedures are not likely to result in net proceeds in excess of the costs to collect.
Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses
The following table sets forth our allowance for loan losses allocated by loan category. The allowance for loan losses allocated to each category is not necessarily indicative of future losses in any particular category and does not restrict the use of the allowance to absorb losses in other categories.
 
At December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
Allowance
for Loan
Losses
 
Loan
Balances by
Category
 
Percent
of Loans
in Each
Category
to Total
Loans
 
Allowance
for Loan
Losses
 
Loan
Balances by
Category
 
Percent
of Loans
in Each
Category
to Total
Loans
 
Allowance
for  Loan
Losses
 
Loan
Balances by
Category
 
Percent
of Loans
in Each
Category
to Total
Loans
 
(Dollars in thousands)
One-to-four family residential
$
4,726

 
$
218,596

 
20.86
%
 
$
6,103

 
$
272,032

 
21.62
%
 
$
3,556

 
$
256,300

 
23.92
%
Multi-family mortgage
4,580

 
352,019

 
33.60

 
6,082

 
423,615

 
33.67

 
7,032

 
296,916

 
27.71

Nonresidential real estate
5,545

 
264,672

 
25.26

 
13,756

 
311,641

 
24.77

 
5,714

 
281,987

 
26.31

Construction and land
1,031

 
8,552

 
0.82

 
1,684

 
19,852

 
1.58

 
2,461

 
18,398

 
1.72

Commercial loans
1,324

 
61,388

 
5.85

 
3,539

 
93,932

 
7.46

 
2,879

 
64,679

 
6.04

Commercial leases
666

 
139,783

 
13.34

 
504

 
134,990

 
10.73

 
518

 
151,107

 
14.10

Consumer
163

 
2,745

 
0.26

 
58

 
2,147

 
0.17

 
20

 
2,182

 
0.20

Total
$
18,035

 
$
1,047,755

 
100.00
%
 
$
31,726

 
$
1,258,209

 
100.00
%
 
$
22,180

 
$
1,071,569

 
100.00
%
 
At December 31,
 
2009
 
2008
 
Allowance for
Loan Losses
 
Loan Balances
by Category
 
Percent of
Loans in Each
Category to
Total Loans
 
Allowance for
Loan Losses
 
Loan Balances
by Category
 
Percent of
Loans in Each
Category to
Total Loans
 
(Dollars in thousands)
One-to-four family residential
$
3,333

 
$
289,623

 
23.44
%
 
$
2,040

 
$
312,390

 
24.39
%
Multi-family mortgage
3,597

 
329,227

 
26.65

 
2,370

 
305,318

 
23.84

Nonresidential real estate
5,696

 
316,607

 
25.62

 
4,659

 
342,583

 
26.74

Construction and land
1,861

 
32,577

 
2.64

 
1,899

 
50,687

 
39.60

Commercial loans
2,520

 
88,067

 
7.13

 
2,058

 
92,679

 
72.30

Commercial leases
1,591

 
176,821

 
14.31

 
1,668

 
174,644

 
13.63

Consumer
24

 
2,539

 
0.21

 
52

 
2,655

 
0.21

Total
$
18,622

 
$
1,235,461

 
100.00
%
 
$
14,746

 
$
1,280,956

 
100.00
%
Sources of Funds
Deposits. At December 31, 2012 , our deposits totaled $1.282 billion . Interest-bearing deposits totaled $1.148 billion and noninterest-bearing demand deposits totaled $134.6 million . NOW, savings and money market accounts totaled $842.5 million . Noninterest-bearing demand deposits at December 31, 2012 included $5.8 million in internal checking accounts, such as accounts for Bank cashier’s checks and money orders. At December 31, 2012 , we had $305.3 million of certificates of deposit outstanding, of which $212.9 million had maturities of one year or less. Although we have a significant portion of our deposits in shorter-term certificates of deposit, we believe, based on historical experience and our current pricing strategy, that we will retain a significant portion of these accounts upon maturity.


37



The following table sets forth the distribution of total deposit accounts, by account type.
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
Average
Balance
 
Percent
 
Weighted
Average
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 
Percent
 
Weighted
Average
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 
Percent
 
Weighted
Average
Rate
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Noninterest-bearing demand:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Retail
$
39,171

 
3.04
%
 
—
%
 
$
39,319

 
2.94
%
 
—
%
 
$
26,308

 
2.11
%
 
—
%
Commercial
95,636

 
7.41

 
—

 
92,376

 
6.90

 
—

 
75,986

 
6.08

 
—

Total noninterest-bearing demand
134,807

 
10.45

 
—

 
131,695

 
9.84

 
—

 
102,294

 
8.19

 
—

Savings deposits
144,684

 
11.22

 
0.10

 
135,127

 
10.10

 
0.16

 
98,338

 
7.87

 
0.43

Money market accounts
346,118

 
26.84

 
0.36

 
350,228

 
26.17

 
0.45

 
347,250

 
27.81

 
0.94

Interest-bearing NOW accounts
335,552

 
26.02

 
0.12

 
323,295

 
24.15

 
0.15

 
295,720

 
23.68

 
0.49

Certificates of deposit
328,529

 
25.47

 
0.77

 
398,059

 
29.74

 
1.10

 
405,188

 
32.45

 
1.78

Total deposits
$
1,289,690

 
100.00
%
 
 
 
$
1,338,404

 
100.00
%
 
 
 
$
1,248,790

 
100.00
%
 
 
The following table sets forth certificates of deposit by time remaining until maturity at December 31, 2012 :
 
Maturity
 
 
 
3 Months or
Less
 
Over 3 to 6
Months
 
Over 6 to 12
Months
 
Over 12
Months
 
Total
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Certificates of deposit less than $100,000
$
48,563

 
$
43,366

 
$
56,368

 
$
60,001

 
$
208,298

Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more
21,555

 
12,262

 
30,775

 
32,363

 
96,955

Total certificates of deposit
$
70,118

 
$
55,628

 
$
87,143

 
$
92,364

 
$
305,253

Borrowings. Our borrowings consist primarily of Federal Home Loan Bank advances and repurchase agreements. The following table sets forth information concerning balances and interest rates on our borrowings.
 
At or For the Years Ended December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Balance at end of year
$
5,567

 
$
9,322

 
$
23,749

Average balance during year
8,162

 
12,758

 
37,653

Maximum outstanding at any month end
10,081

 
15,550

 
50,384

Weighted average interest rate at end of year
1.73
%
 
1.13
%
 
2.00
%
Average interest rate during year
1.27
%
 
1.74
%
 
2.27
%
At December 31, 2012 , we had the capacity to borrow an additional $261.5 million under our credit facilities with the FHLBC. Furthermore, we had unpledged securities that could be used to support in excess of $33.8 million of additional FHLBC borrowings.
At December 31, 2012 , we had a line of credit with the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago. At December 31, 2012 , there were no outstanding federal funds borrowings and there was no outstanding balance on the line of credit.



38



Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices
The Company’s consolidated financial statements and the related notes have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. GAAP generally requires the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The impact of inflation, if any, is reflected in the increased cost of our operations. Unlike industrial companies, our assets and liabilities are primarily monetary in nature. As a result, changes in market interest rates have a greater impact on performance than the effects of inflation.
Management of Interest Rate Risk
Qualitative Analysis. A significant form of market risk is interest rate risk. Interest rate risk results from timing differences in the maturity or repricing of our assets, liabilities and off balance sheet contracts ( i.e., forward loan commitments), the effect of loan prepayments and deposit withdrawals, the difference in the behavior of lending and funding rates arising from the use of different indices and “yield curve risk” arising from changing rate relationships across the spectrum of maturities for constant or variable credit risk investments. In addition to directly affecting net interest income, changes in market interest rates can also affect the amount of new loan originations, the ability of borrowers to repay variable rate loans, the volume of loan prepayments and refinancings, the carrying value of investment securities classified as available-for-sale and the flow and mix of deposits.
The general objective of our interest rate risk management is to determine the appropriate level of risk given our business strategy and then manage that risk in a manner that is consistent with our policy to reduce, to the extent possible, the exposure of our net interest income to changes in market interest rates. Our Asset/Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”), which consists of certain members of senior management, evaluates the interest rate risk inherent in certain assets and liabilities, our operating environment and capital and liquidity requirements, and modifies our lending, investing and deposit gathering strategies accordingly. The Board of Directors’ Asset/Liability Management Committee then reviews the ALCO’s activities and strategies, the effect of those strategies on our net interest margin, and the effect that changes in market interest rates would have on the economic value of our loan and securities portfolios as well as the intrinsic value of our deposits and borrowings, and reports to the full Board of Directors.
We actively evaluate interest rate risk in connection with our lending, investing and deposit activities. In an effort to better manage interest-rate risk, we have de-emphasized the origination of residential mortgage loans, and have increased our emphasis on the origination of nonresidential real estate loans, multi-family mortgage loans, commercial loans and commercial leases. In addition, depending on market interest rates and our capital and liquidity position, we generally sell all or a portion of our longer-term, fixed-rate residential loans, usually on a servicing-retained basis. Further, we primarily invest in shorter-duration securities, which generally have lower yields compared to longer-term investments. Shortening the average maturity of our interest-earning assets by increasing our investments in shorter-term loans and securities, as well as loans with variable rates of interest, helps to better match the maturities and interest rates of our assets and liabilities, thereby reducing the exposure of our net interest income to changes in market interest rates. Finally, we have classified all of our investment portfolio as available-for-sale so as to provide flexibility in liquidity management.
We utilize a combination of analyses to monitor the Bank’s exposure to changes in interest rates. The economic value of equity analysis is a model that estimates the change in net portfolio value (“NPV”) over a range of interest rate scenarios. NPV is the discounted present value of expected cash flows from assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts. In calculating changes in NPV, we assume estimated loan prepayment rates, reinvestment rates and deposit decay rates that seem most likely based on historical experience during prior interest rate changes.
Our net interest income analysis utilizes the data derived from the dynamic GAP analysis, described below, and applies several additional elements, including actual interest rate indices and margins, contractual limitations such as interest rate floors and caps and the U.S. Treasury yield curve as of the balance sheet date. In addition, we apply consistent parallel yield curve shifts (in both directions) to determine possible changes in net interest income if the theoretical yield curve shifts occurred instantaneously. Net interest income analysis also adjusts the dynamic GAP repricing analysis based on changes in prepayment rates resulting from the parallel yield curve shifts.
Our dynamic GAP analysis determines the relative balance between the repricing of assets and liabilities over multiple periods of time (ranging from overnight to five years). Dynamic GAP analysis includes expected cash flows from loans and mortgage-backed securities, applying prepayment rates based on the differential between the current interest rate and the market interest rate for each loan and security type. This analysis identifies mismatches in the timing of asset and liability repricing but does not necessarily provide an accurate indicator of interest rate risk because it omits the factors incorporated into the net interest income analysis.


39



Quantitative Analysis. The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2012 , the estimated changes in the Bank’s NPV and net interest income that would result from the designated instantaneous parallel shift in the U.S. Treasury yield curve. Computations of prospective effects of hypothetical interest rate changes are based on numerous assumptions including relative levels of market interest rates, loan prepayments and deposit decay, and should not be relied upon as indicative of actual results.
 
Estimated Increase in NPV
 
Increase in Estimated
Net Interest Income
Change in Interest Rates (basis points)
Amount
 
Percent
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
(dollars in thousands)
+400
$
10,636

 
6.93
%
 
$
2,772

 
6.10
%
+300
7,854

 
5.12

 
2,260

 
4.97

+200
5,146

 
3.36

 
1,547

 
3.40

+100
2,640

 
1.72

 
748

 
1.65

0
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

The Company has opted not to include an estimate for a decrease in rates at December 31, 2012 as the results are not relevant given the current targeted fed funds rate of the Federal Open Market Committee. The table set forth above indicates that at December 31, 2012 , in the event of an immediate 200 basis point increase in interest rates, the Bank would be expected to experience a 3.36% increase in NPV and a $1.55 million increase in net interest income. This data does not reflect any actions that we may undertake in response to changes in interest rates, such as changes in rates paid on certain deposit accounts based on local competitive factors, which could reduce the actual impact on NPV and net interest income, if any.
Certain shortcomings are inherent in the methodology used in the above interest rate risk measurements. Modeling changes in NPV and net interest income requires that we make certain assumptions that may or may not reflect the manner in which actual yields and costs respond to changes in market interest rates. The NPV and net interest income table presented above assumes that the composition of our interest-rate-sensitive assets and liabilities existing at the beginning of a period remains constant over the period being measured and, accordingly, the data does not reflect any actions that we may undertake in response to changes in interest rates, such as changes in rates paid on certain deposit accounts based on local competitive factors. The table also assumes that a particular change in interest rates is reflected uniformly across the yield curve regardless of the duration to maturity or the repricing characteristics of specific assets and liabilities. Accordingly, although the NPV and net interest income table provides an indication of our sensitivity to interest rate changes at a particular point in time, such measurements are not intended to and do not provide a precise forecast of the effect of changes in market interest rates on our net interest income and will differ from actual results.
Liquidity Management
Liquidity Management – Bank. The overall objective of our liquidity management is to ensure the availability of sufficient cash funds to meet all financial commitments and to take advantage of investment opportunities. We manage liquidity in order to meet deposit withdrawals on demand or at contractual maturity, to repay borrowings as they mature, and to fund new loans and investments as opportunities arise.
Our primary sources of funds are deposits, principal and interest payments on loans and securities, and, to a lesser extent, wholesale borrowings, the proceeds from maturing securities and short-term investments, and the proceeds from the sales of loans and securities. The scheduled amortization of loans and securities, as well as proceeds from borrowings, are predictable sources of funds. Other funding sources, however, such as deposit inflows, mortgage prepayments and mortgage loan sales are greatly influenced by market interest rates, economic conditions and competition.
Our cash flows are derived from operating activities, investing activities and financing activities as reported in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows in our Consolidated Financial Statements. Our primary investing activities are the origination for investment of one-to-four family residential mortgage loans, multi-family mortgage loans, nonresidential real estate loans, commercial leases, construction and land loans, and commercial loans and the purchase of investment securities and mortgage-backed securities. During the years ended December 31, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 , our loans originated for investment totaled $364.6 million , $573.2 million , and $676.4 million , respectively. Purchases of loans totaled $5.6 million , $154.2 million , and $2.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 , respectively. Purchases of securities totaled $35.4 million , $37.6 million and $50.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 , 2011 , and 2010 , respectively.
These activities were funded primarily by principal repayments on loans and securities, and the sale of loans and securities. During the years ended December 31, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 , principal repayments on loans totaled $518.3 million , $632.9 million , and $817.4 million , respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2012 , 2011 and 2010, principal repayments on securities totaled


40



$19.7 million , $30.7 million , and $30.1 million , respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 , proceeds from maturities and sales of securities totaled $30.6 million , $43.8 million , and $1.8 million , respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 , the proceeds from the sale of loans totaled $21.0 million , $17.6 million , $17.5 million , respectively.
Loan origination commitments totaled $16.0 million at December 31, 2012 , and consisted of $12.0 million of fixed-rate loans and $4.0 million of adjustable-rate loans. Unused lines of credit and standby letters of credit granted to customers totaled $120.7 million and $1.2 million , respectively, at December 31, 2012 . At December 31, 2012 , commitments to sell mortgages totaled $1.3 million .
Deposit flows are generally affected by the level of market interest rates, the interest rates and other terms and conditions on deposit products offered by our banking competitors, and other factors. We had a net deposit decrease of $50.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 , and a net deposit increase of $97.2 million and $2.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 , respectively. At times during recent periods, we have not actively competed for higher cost deposit accounts, including certificates of deposit, choosing instead to fund loan growth from the loan and lease repayments. Certificates of deposit that are scheduled to mature in one year or less from December 31, 2012 totaled $212.9 million . Based upon prior experience and our current pricing strategy, we believe that we will retain a significant portion of these deposits upon their maturities.
We anticipate that we will have sufficient funds available to meet current loan commitments and lines of credit and maturing certificates of deposit that are not renewed or extended. We generally remain fully invested and utilize additional sources of funds through FHLBC advances, of which $3.0 million were outstanding at December 31, 2012 . At December 31, 2012 we had the ability to borrow an additional $261.5 million under our credit facilities with the FHLBC. Furthermore, we have unpledged securities that could be used to support borrowings in excess of $33.8 million . Finally, at December 31, 2012 , we had a line of credit available with the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago. At December 31, 2012 , there was no outstanding balance on this credit line.
Liquidity Management - Company. The liquidity needs of the Company on an unconsolidated basis consist primarily of operating expenses, dividends to stockholders and stock repurchases. The primary sources of liquidity for the Company currently are $11.8 million of cash and cash equivalents and periodic cash dividends from the Bank.
The Dodd–Frank Act provided for the transfer of the authority for regulating and supervising federal savings banks from the OTS to the OCC, and the authority for regulating and supervising savings and loan holding companies and their non–depository subsidiaries from the OTS to the FRB. The transfer occurred on July 21, 2011.
As a result of the regulatory restructuring occasioned by the Dodd-Frank Act, the Company is subject to Federal Reserve Board Supervisory Letter SR 09-4, which provides that a holding company should, among other things, notify and make a submission to the Federal Reserve Bank prior to declaring a dividend if its net income for the current quarter is not sufficient to fully fund the dividend, and consider eliminating, deferring or significantly reducing its dividends if its net income for the current quarter is not sufficient to fully fund the dividends, or if its net income for the past four quarters, net of dividends previously paid during that period, is not sufficient to fully fund the dividends. The Company will continue to consult with, and seek the prior approval of, the Federal Reserve Bank prior to declaring any dividends. Our Board of Directors declared three quarterly cash dividends of $0.01 per share during 2012, totaling $633,000 .
Supervisory Letter SR 09-4 also sets forth guidelines pertaining to share repurchases.
As of December 31, 2012 , we were not aware of any known trends, events or uncertainties that had or were reasonably likely to have a material impact on our liquidity. As of December 31, 2012 , we had no other material commitments for capital expenditures.
Capital Management
Capital Management - Bank. The overall objectives of our capital management are to ensure the availability of sufficient capital to support loan, deposit and other asset and liability growth opportunities and to maintain capital to absorb unforeseen losses or write-downs that are inherent in the business risks associated with the banking industry. We seek to balance the need for higher capital levels to address such unforeseen risks and the goal to achieve an adequate return on the capital invested by our stockholders.
The Bank is subject to regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary, actions by the OCC that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Bank’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.
The prompt corrective action regulations provide five classifications, including well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized, although these terms are not used to represent


41



overall financial condition. Adequately capitalized institutions require regulatory approval to accept brokered deposits. If undercapitalized, a financial institution’s capital distributions, asset growth and expansion are limited, and for the submission of a capital restoration is required.
The Company and the Bank have adopted Capital Plans that require the Bank to maintain a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 8% and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 12%. The minimum capital ratios set forth in the Capital Plans will be increased and other minimum capital requirements will be established if and as necessary to comply with the Basel III requirements as such requirements become applicable to the Company and the Bank. In accordance with the Capital Plans, neither the Company nor the Bank will pursue any acquisition or growth opportunity, declare any dividend or conduct any stock repurchase that would cause the Bank's total risk-based capital ratio and/or its Tier 1 leverage ratio to fall below the established minimum capital levels. In addition, the Company will continue to maintain its ability to serve as a source of financial strength to the Bank by holding at least $5.0 million of cash or liquid assets for that purpose.
At year-end, actual capital ratios and minimum required ratios for the Bank were:
 
Actual Ratio
 
Minimum required to be Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions
 
Minimum Capital Ratios Established under Capital Plans
December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)
15.32
%
 
8.00
%
 
12.00
%
Tier 1 (core) capital (to risk-weighted assets)
14.07

 
4.00

 
8.00

Tier 1 (core) capital (to adjusted total assets)
9.60

 
4.00

 
8.00

December 31, 2011
 
 
 
 
 
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)
14.72
%
 
8.00
%
 
12.00
%
Tier 1 (core) capital (to risk-weighted assets)
13.45

 
4.00

 
8.00

Tier 1 (core) capital (to adjusted total assets)
10.48

 
4.00

 
8.00

See Note 11 of the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" in Item 8 of this Form 10-K for a reconciliation of the Bank’s equity under GAAP to regulatory capital.
As of December 31, 2012 and 2011 , the Bank was well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. There are no conditions or events since those notifications that management believes have changed the Bank’s prompt corrective action capitalization category.
Capital Management - Company. On June 23, 2005, the Company completed its mutual-to-stock conversion and sold 24,466,250 shares of common stock in a subscription offering at $10.00 per share and raised $240.3 million in offering proceeds, net of offering expenses. The Company contributed $120.9 million of the net proceeds to the Bank, paid off $30 million of term borrowings, loaned $19.6 million to our ESOP and retained the remaining net proceeds of $72 million. Subsequent to the mutual-to-stock conversion, the Bank declared aggregate dividends of $60.0 million to the Company. During this period the Company paid dividends totaling $33.7 million and expended $64.6 million for share repurchases.
Total stockholders’ equity was $172.9 million at December 31, 2012 , compared to $199.9 million at December 31, 2011 . The decrease in total stockholders’ equity was primarily due to the combined impact of our $27.1 million net loss and our declaration and payment of cash dividends totaling $633,000 during the year ended December 31, 2012 . The unallocated shares of common stock that our ESOP owns were reflected as a $12.2 million reduction to stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2012 , compared to a $13.2 million reduction to stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2011 .
Quarterly Cash Dividends. Our Board of Directors declared three quarterly cash dividends of $0.01 per share during 2012 , totaling $633,000 . As a result of the regulatory restructuring occasioned by the Dodd-Frank Act, the Company is subject to Federal Reserve Board Supervisory Letter SR 09-4, which provides that a holding company should, among other things, notify and make a submission to the Federal Reserve Bank prior to declaring a dividend if its net income for the current quarter is not sufficient to fully fund the dividend, and consider eliminating, deferring or significantly reducing its dividends if its net income for the current quarter is not sufficient to fully fund the dividends, or if its net income for the past four quarters, net of dividends previously paid during that period, is not sufficient to fully fund the dividends. The Company will continue to consult with, and seek the prior approval of, the Federal Reserve Bank prior to declaring any dividends.


42



Stock Repurchase Program. Our Board of Directors had authorized the repurchase of up to 5,047,423 shares of our common stock. The repurchase authorization expired on November 15, 2012. The authorization permitted shares to be repurchased in open market or negotiated transactions, and pursuant to any trading plan that may be adopted in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities and Exchange Commission. The authorization was utilized at management's discretion, subject to the limitations set forth in Rule 10b-18 of the Securities and Exchange Commission and other applicable legal requirements, and to price and other internal limitations established by the Board of Directors. As of December 31, 2012 , the Company had repurchased 4,239,134 shares of its common stock out of the 5,047,423 shares that had been authorized for repurchase. Federal Reserve Board Supervisory Letter SR 09-4 provides that holding companies experiencing financial weaknesses such as operating losses should notify and make a submission to the Federal Reserve Bank before redeeming or repurchasing common stock. The Company has no plans to conduct such discussions with the Federal Reserve supervisory staff or engage in stock repurchases at this time.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations
Commitments. As a financial services provider, we routinely are a party to various financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risks, such as commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit, unused lines of credit and commitments to sell loans. While these contractual obligations represent our future cash requirements, a significant portion of commitments to extend credit may expire without being drawn upon. Such commitments are subject to the same credit policies and approval process afforded to loans that we make. Although we consider commitments to extend credit in determining our allowance for loan losses, at December 31, 2012 , we had made no provision for losses on commitments to extend credit, and had no specific or general allowance for losses on such commitments, as we have had no historical loss experience with commitments to extend credit and we believed that no probable and reasonably estimable losses were inherent in our portfolio as a result of our commitments to extend credit. For additional information, see Note 14 of the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
Contractual Obligations. In the ordinary course of our operations, we enter into certain contractual obligations. Such obligations include operating leases for premises and equipment.
The following table summarizes our significant fixed and determinable contractual obligations and other funding needs by payment date at December 31, 2012 . The payment amounts represent those amounts due to the recipient and do not include any unamortized premiums or discounts or other similar carrying amount adjustments.
 
Payments Due by Period
Contractual Obligations
Less than
One Year
 
One to
Three
Years
 
Three to
Five Years
 
More than
Five Years
 
Total
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Certificates of deposit
$
212,889

 
$
79,500

 
$
12,864

 
$
—

 
$
305,253

Borrowings
3,000

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
3,000

Standby letters of credit
1,227

 
5

 
5

 
—

 
1,237

Operating leases
492

 
896

 
914

 
6,117

 
8,419

Total
$
217,608

 
$
80,401

 
$
13,783

 
$
6,117

 
$
317,909

Commitments to extend credit
$
136,704

 
$
—

 
$
—

 
$
—

 
$
136,704

Critical Accounting Policies
Critical accounting policies are defined as those that are reflective of significant judgments and uncertainties, and could potentially result in materially different results under different assumptions and conditions. We believe that the most critical accounting policy upon which our financial condition and results of operation depend, and which involves the most complex subjective decisions or assessments, is as follows:
Allowance for Loan Losses . Arriving at an appropriate level of allowance for loan losses involves a high degree of judgment. Our allowance for loan losses provides for probable incurred losses based upon evaluations of known and inherent risks in the loan portfolio. We review the level of the allowance on a quarterly basis and establish the provision for loan losses based upon historical loan loss experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, information about specific borrower situations, estimated collateral values, economic conditions and other factors to assess the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. Among the material estimates that we must make to establish the allowance are loss exposure at default; the amount and timing of future cash flows on affected loans; the value of collateral; and a determination of loss factors to be applied to the various elements of the loan portfolio. All of these estimates are susceptible to significant change. Although we believe that we use the best information available to us to establish the allowance for loan losses, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary if borrower financial, collateral valuation or economic conditions differ substantially from the information and assumptions used in making the evaluation. In


43



addition, as an integral part of their supervisory and/or examination process, our regulatory agencies periodically review the methodology and sufficiency of the allowance for loan losses. These agencies may require us to recognize additions to the allowance based on their inclusion, exclusion or modification of risk factors or differences in judgments of information available to them at the time of their examination. A large loss could deplete the allowance and require increased provisions to replenish the allowance, which would negatively affect earnings.
ITEM 7A.
  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK
For information regarding market risk see Item 7 - “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Management of Interest Rate Risk.”
ITEM 8.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
REPORT OF MANAGEMENT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
Management of BankFinancial Corporation is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting.
Management evaluates the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting and tests for reliability of recorded financial information through a program of ongoing internal audits. Any system of internal control, no matter how well designed, has inherent limitations, including the possibility that a control can be circumvented or overridden and misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected. Also, because of changes in conditions, internal control effectiveness may vary over time. Accordingly, even an effective system of internal control will provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation.
The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Management assessed the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012 , as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, based on the criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in the “Internal Control-Integrated Framework,” adopted by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on this assessment, management concludes that, as of December 31, 2012 , the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective.
The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm has issued their report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. That report follows under the heading, Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

/s/ F. Morgan Gasior
 
/s/ Paul A. Cloutier
F. Morgan Gasior
 
Paul A. Cloutier
Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President
 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer


44



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of BankFinancial Corporation (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 , and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012 . We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012 , based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design, and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of BankFinancial Corporation as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 , and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012 , based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
Crowe Horwath LLP
Oak Brook, Illinois
March 11, 2013


45

BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
(In thousands, except share and per share data)


 
December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
Assets
 
 
 
Cash and due from other financial institutions
$
20,361

 
$
24,247

Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions
255,403

 
96,457

Cash and cash equivalents
275,764

 
120,704

Securities, at fair value
77,832

 
92,832

Loans held-for-sale
2,166

 
1,918

Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses:
December 31, 2012, $18,035 and December 31, 2011, $31,726
1,030,465

 
1,227,391

Other real estate owned, net
10,358

 
22,480

Stock in Federal Home Loan Bank, at cost
8,412

 
16,346

Premises and equipment, net
38,251

 
39,155

Accrued interest receivable
4,146

 
5,573

Core deposit intangible
3,038

 
3,671

Bank owned life insurance
21,645

 
21,207

FDIC prepaid expense
2,658

 
4,351

Income tax receivable
461

 
1,809

Other assets
5,996

 
6,138

Total assets
$
1,481,192

 
$
1,563,575

 
 
 
 
Liabilities:
 
 
 
Deposits
 
 
 
Noninterest-bearing
$
134,597

 
$
142,084

Interest-bearing
1,147,754

 
1,190,468

Total deposits
1,282,351

 
1,332,552

Borrowings
5,567

 
9,322

Advance payments by borrowers taxes and insurance
10,705

 
10,976

Accrued interest payable and other liabilities
9,679

 
10,868

Total liabilities
1,308,302

 
1,363,718

Commitments and contingent liabilities


 


Stockholders’ equity:
 
 
 
Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value, 25,000,000 shares authorized, none issued or outstanding
—

 
—

Common Stock, $0.01 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized;
21,072,966 shares issued at December 31, 2012 and 2011
211

 
211

Additional paid-in capital
193,590

 
193,801

Retained earnings (deficit)
(9,796
)
 
17,946

Unearned Employee Stock Ownership Plan shares
(12,233
)
 
(13,212
)
Accumulated other comprehensive income
1,118

 
1,111

Total stockholders’ equity
172,890

 
199,857

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
1,481,192

 
$
1,563,575



See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
46

BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 
For the years ended December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Interest and dividend income
 
 
 
 
 
Loans, including fees
$
58,716

 
$
66,706

 
$
60,926

Securities
1,485

 
2,665

 
3,488

Other
526

 
337

 
522

Total interest income
60,727

 
69,708

 
64,936

Interest expense
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
4,343

 
6,693

 
12,333

Borrowings
104

 
222

 
853

Total interest expense
4,447

 
6,915

 
13,186

Net interest income
56,280

 
62,793

 
51,750

Provision for loan losses
31,522

 
22,723

 
12,083

Net interest income after provision for loan losses
24,758

 
40,070

 
39,667

Noninterest income
 
 
 
 
 
Deposit service charges and fees
2,176

 
2,667

 
3,020

Other fee income
1,522

 
1,598

 
1,868

Insurance commissions and annuities income
510

 
659

 
775

Gain on sale of loans, net
841

 
340

 
501

Gain on sale of securities
—

 
—

 
31

Loss on disposition of premises and equipment, net
(156
)
 
(19
)
 
(19
)
Loan servicing fees
486

 
538

 
604

Amortization and impairment of servicing assets
(320
)
 
(267
)
 
(475
)
Earnings on bank owned life insurance
438

 
626

 
430

Trust
733

 
676

 
44

Other
622

 
499

 
349

Total noninterest income
6,852

 
7,317

 
7,128

Noninterest expense
 
 
 
 
 
Compensation and benefits
25,751

 
26,027

 
26,339

Office occupancy and equipment
6,840

 
7,319

 
6,380

Advertising and public relations
689

 
890

 
1,277

Information technology
4,638

 
4,182

 
3,733

Supplies, telephone, and postage
1,687

 
1,698

 
1,596

Amortization of intangibles
633

 
1,689

 
1,595

Nonperforming asset management
5,211

 
4,431

 
3,342

Operations of other real estate owned
7,491

 
6,335

 
3,972

FDIC insurance premiums
1,779

 
1,441

 
2,126

Acquisition costs
—

 
1,761

 
81

Goodwill impairment
—

 
23,862

 
—

Other
4,000

 
4,073

 
3,408

Total noninterest expense
58,719

 
83,708

 
53,849

Loss before income taxes
(27,109
)
 
(36,321
)
 
(7,054
)
Income tax expense (benefit)
—

 
12,375

 
(2,747
)
Net loss
$
(27,109
)
 
$
(48,696
)
 
$
(4,307
)
Basic loss per common share
$
(1.36
)
 
$
(2.46
)
 
$
(0.22
)
Diluted loss per common share
$
(1.36
)
 
$
(2.46
)
 
$
(0.22
)
Weighted average common shares outstanding
19,888,517

 
19,770,023

 
19,664,109

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding
19,888,517

 
19,770,023

 
19,664,109


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
47

BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
(In thousands)


 
For the years ended December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Net loss
$
(27,109
)
 
$
(48,696
)
 
$
(4,307
)
Unrealized holding gain (loss) arising during the period
7

 
(1,113
)
 
(50
)
Tax effect
—

 
424

 
19

Recognized gain from sales during the period
—

 
—

 
(31
)
Tax effect
—

 
—

 
12

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax effect
7

 
(689
)
 
(50
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Comprehensive loss
$
(27,102
)
 
$
(49,385
)
 
$
(4,357
)



See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
48

Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(In thousands, except per share data)


 
Common
Stock
 
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
 
Retained
Earnings
 
Unearned
Employee
Stock
Ownership
Plan
Shares
 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehen-sive
Income (Loss)
 
Total
Balance at January 1, 2010
$
214

 
$
195,177

 
$
81,531

 
$
(15,169
)
 
$
1,850

 
$
263,603

Net loss
—

 
—

 
(4,307
)
 
—

 
—

 
(4,307
)
Other comprehensive income, net of tax effects
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
(50
)
 
(50
)
Purchase and retirement of common stock (356,411 shares)
(3
)
 
(3,121
)
 
—

 
—

 
—

 
(3,124
)
Nonvested stock awards-stock-based compensation expense
—

 
2,155

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
2,155

Cash dividends declared on common stock ($0.28 per share)
—

 
—

 
(5,946
)
 
—

 
—

 
(5,946
)
ESOP shares earned
—

 
(25
)
 
—

 
979

 
—

 
954

Balance at December 31, 2010
$
211

 
$
194,186

 
$
71,278

 
$
(14,190
)
 
$
1,800

 
$
253,285

Net loss
—

 
—

 
(48,696
)
 
—

 
—

 
(48,696
)
Other comprehensive income, net of tax effects
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
(689
)
 
(689
)
Nonvested stock awards-stock-based compensation expense
—

 
53

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
53

Cash dividends declared on common stock ($0.22 per share)
—

 
—

 
(4,636
)
 
—

 
—

 
(4,636
)
ESOP shares earned
—

 
(438
)
 
—

 
978

 
—

 
540

Balance at December 31, 2011
$
211

 
$
193,801

 
$
17,946

 
$
(13,212
)
 
$
1,111

 
$
199,857

Net loss
—

 
—

 
(27,109
)
 
—

 
—

 
(27,109
)
Other comprehensive income, net of tax effects
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
7

 
7

Nonvested stock awards-stock-based compensation expense
—

 
41

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
41

Cash dividends declared on common stock ($0.03 per share)
—

 
—

 
(633
)
 
—

 
—

 
(633
)
ESOP shares earned
—

 
(252
)
 
—

 
979

 
—

 
727

Balance at December 31, 2012
$
211

 
$
193,590

 
$
(9,796
)
 
$
(12,233
)
 
$
1,118

 
$
172,890


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
49

Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)

 
For the years ended December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Cash flows from operating activities
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss
$
(27,109
)
 
$
(48,696
)
 
$
(4,307
)
Adjustments to reconcile to net loss to net cash from operating activities
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for loan losses
31,522

 
22,723

 
12,083

Goodwill impairment
—

 
23,862

 
—

ESOP shares earned
727

 
540

 
954

Stock–based compensation expense
41

 
53

 
2,155

Depreciation and amortization
4,546

 
4,559

 
4,449

Amortization of premiums and discounts on securities and loans
(2,502
)
 
(1,290
)
 
(21
)
Amortization of core deposit and other intangible assets
633

 
1,689

 
1,588

Amortization and impairment of servicing assets
320

 
267

 
475

Net change in net deferred loan origination costs
163

 
469

 
324

Net loss on sale of other real estate owned
253

 
15

 
415

Net gain on sale of loans
(841
)
 
(340
)
 
(501
)
Net gain on sale of securities
—

 
—

 
(31
)
Net loss disposition of premises and equipment
156

 
19

 
19

Loans originated for sale
(18,639
)
 
(16,466
)
 
(19,666
)
Proceeds from sale of loans
20,984

 
17,604

 
17,451

REO valuation adjustments
5,559

 
3,970

 
2,392

Net change in:
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred income tax
—

 
12,419

 
(2,742
)
Accrued interest receivable
1,427

 
172

 
721

Earnings on bank owned life insurance
(438
)
 
(626
)
 
(430
)
Other assets
1,400

 
(70
)
 
9,759

Accrued interest payable and other liabilities
(1,189
)
 
(894
)
 
(210
)
Net cash from operating activities
17,013

 
19,979

 
24,877

Cash flows from investing activities
 
 
 
 
 
Securities
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from maturities
30,590

 
34,101

 
1,730

Proceeds from principal repayments
19,668

 
30,692

 
30,075

Proceeds from sales of securities
—

 
9,677

 
31

Purchases of securities
(35,360
)
 
(37,557
)
 
(50,489
)
Loans receivable
 
 
 
 
 
Principal payments on loans receivable
518,330

 
632,918

 
817,376

Purchases of loans
(5,641
)
 
(154,174
)
 
(2,738
)
Originated for investment
(364,596
)
 
(573,185
)
 
(676,424
)
Proceeds from sale of loans
10,988

 
—

 
—

Proceeds of redemption of Federal Reserve Bank stock
—

 
155

 
—

Proceeds of redemption of Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago stock
7,934

 
—

 
—

Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned
13,154

 
9,074

 
4,091

Purchase of premises and equipment, net
(2,335
)
 
(2,370
)
 
(1,067
)
Cash acquired in acquisition
—

 
61,619

 
—

Net cash from investing activities
192,732

 
10,950

 
122,585



(Continued)
50

Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)

 
For the years ended December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Cash flows from financing activities
 
 
 
 
 
Net change in deposits
$
(50,026
)
 
$
(115,589
)
 
$
1,982

Net change in borrowings
(3,755
)
 
(14,427
)
 
(27,035
)
Net change in advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance
(271
)
 
3,617

 
(727
)
Repurchase and retirement of common stock
—

 
—

 
(3,124
)
Cash dividends paid on common stock
(633
)
 
(4,636
)
 
(5,946
)
Net cash from financing activities
(54,685
)
 
(131,035
)
 
(34,850
)
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
155,060

 
(100,106
)
 
112,612

Beginning cash and cash equivalents
120,704

 
220,810

 
108,198

Ending cash and cash equivalents
$
275,764

 
$
120,704

 
$
220,810

 
 
 
 
 
 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
 
 
 
 
 
Interest paid
$
4,502

 
$
6,849

 
$
13,575

Income taxes paid
—

 
3

 
1,300

Income taxes refunded
1,423

 
761

 
11,291

Loans transferred to other real estate owned
7,035

 
14,132

 
17,437

Loans transferred to held for sale
12,740

 
—

 
—

 
 
 
 
 
 
Supplemental disclosures of noncash investing activities – Acquisition:
 
 
 
 
 
Noncash assets acquired:
 
 
 
 
 
Securities
$
—

 
$
10,177

 
$
—

Loans receivable
—

 
118,147

 
—

Other real estate owned
—

 
6,965

 
—

Stock in Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank
—

 
903

 
—

Goodwill
—

 
1,296

 
—

Premises and equipment, net
—

 
7,442

 
—

Accrued interest receivable
—

 
355

 
—

Core deposit intangible
—

 
2,660

 
—

FDIC prepaid expense
—

 
774

 
—

Income tax receivable
—

 
774

 
—

Deferred taxes, net
—

 
2,662

 
—

Other assets
—

 
42

 
—

Total noncash items acquired
—

 
152,197

 
—

Liabilities assumed:
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
—

 
212,939

 
—

Advance payments by borrowers taxes and insurance
—

 
34

 
—

Accrued interest payable and other liabilities
—

 
843

 
—

Total liabilities assumed
—

 
213,816

 
—

Cash and cash equivalents acquired
$
—

 
$
61,619

 
$
—

 


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
51

Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 1 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation : BankFinancial Corporation, a Maryland corporation headquartered in Burr Ridge, Illinois (the “Company”), is the owner of all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of BankFinancial, F.S.B. (the “Bank”).
Principles of Consolidation : The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of and transactions of BankFinancial Corporation, the Maryland corporation, the Bank, and the Bank’s wholly-owned subsidiaries, Financial Assurance Services, Inc. and BF Asset Recovery Corporation (collectively, “the Company”). All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.
Nature of Business : The Company’s revenues, operating income, and assets are primarily from the banking industry. All of the Company’s banking operations are considered by management to be aggregated in one reportable operating segment for financial reporting purposes. Loan origination customers are mainly located in the greater Chicago metropolitan area. To supplement loan originations, the Company purchases mortgage loans. The loan portfolio is concentrated in loans that are primarily secured by real estate.
Use of Estimates : To prepare financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), management makes estimates and assumptions based on available information. These estimates and assumptions affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and the disclosures provided, and future results could differ. The allowance for loan losses, mortgage servicing rights, deferred tax assets, goodwill, other intangible assets, stock-based compensation, impairment of securities and fair value of financial instruments are particularly subject to change and the effect of such change could be material to the financial statements.
Interest-bearing Deposits in Other Financial Institutions : Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions maturing in less than 90 days are carried at cost.
Cash Flows : Cash and cash equivalents include cash, deposits with other financial institutions maturing in less than 90 days, and daily federal funds sold. Net cash flows are reported for customer loan and deposit transactions, interest bearing deposits in other financial institutions, borrowings, and advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance.
Securities : Debt securities are classified as available-for-sale when they might be sold before maturity. Equity securities with readily determinable fair values are classified as available-for-sale. Securities available-for-sale are carried at fair value, with unrealized holding gains and losses reported in other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax. Interest income includes amortization of purchase premium or discount. Premiums and discounts on securities are amortized on the level-yield method without anticipating prepayments, except for mortgage-backed securities where prepayments are anticipated. Gains and losses on sales are based on the amortized cost of the security sold. Declines in the fair value of securities below their cost that are other-than-temporary are reflected as realized losses. In determining if losses are other-than-temporary, management considers: (1) the length of time and extent that fair value has been less than cost or adjusted cost, as applicable, (2) the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer, and (3) whether the Company has the intent to sell the debt security or it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the debt security before the anticipated recovery.
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock : The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank system. Members are required to own a certain amount of stock based on the level of borrowings and other factors, and may invest in additional amounts. Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago (“FHLBC”) stock is carried at cost and classified as a restricted security. Accounting guidance for FHLBC stock provides that, for impairment testing purposes, the value of long term investments such as our FHLBC common stock is based on the “ultimate recoverability” of the par value of the security without regard to temporary declines in value. Both cash and stock dividends are reported as income.
  Loans Held–for–Sale : Mortgage loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or estimated fair market value, as determined by outstanding commitments from investors. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recorded as a valuation allowance and charged to earnings. Mortgage loans held–for–sale are generally sold with servicing rights retained. The carrying value of mortgage loans sold is reduced by the fair value of the servicing right. Gains and losses on sales of mortgage loans are based on the difference between the selling price and the carrying value of the related loan sold.
Held for investment loans that have been transferred to held-for-sale are carried at the lower of cost or fair value. For held-for-sale loans, any decreases in value after transfer below cost are recognized in mortgage banking revenue in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and increases in fair value above cost are not recognized until the loans are sold. The credit component of any write down upon transfer to held-for-sale is reflected in charge-offs to the allowance for loan losses.


52

Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 1 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Fair market value is determined based on quoted market rates and our judgment of relevant market conditions. Gains and losses on the disposition of loans held-for-sale are determined on the specific identification method. Transferred mortgage loans sold in the secondary market are sold without retaining servicing rights.
Loans and Loan Income : Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are reported at the principal balance outstanding, net of the allowance for loan losses, premiums and discounts on loans purchased, and net deferred loan costs. Interest income on loans is recognized in income over the term of the loan based on the amount of principal outstanding.
Premiums and discounts associated with loans purchased are amortized over the contractual term of the loan using the level–yield method.
Interest income is reported on the interest method and includes amortization of net deferred loan fees and costs over the contractual loan term, adjusted for prepayments. Interest income is discontinued at the time a loan is 90 days past due or when we do not expect to receive full payment of interest or principal. Past due status is based on the contractual terms of the loan.
All interest accrued but not received for loans that have been placed on nonaccrual status is reversed against interest income. Interest received on such loans is accounted for on the cash–basis or cost–recovery method until qualifying for return to accrual status. Once a loan is placed on non-accrual status, the borrower must generally demonstrate at least six months of payment performance before the loan is eligible to return to accrual status. Generally, the Company utilizes the “90 days delinquent, still accruing” category of loan classification when: (1) the loan is repaid in full shortly after the period end date; (2) the loan is well secured and there are no asserted or pending legal barriers to its collection; or (3) the borrower has remitted all scheduled payments and is otherwise in substantial compliance with the terms of the loan, but the processing of payments actually received or the renewal of a loan has not occurred for administrative reasons.
Impaired Loans: Impaired loans consist of nonaccrual loans and troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”). A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, management believes that it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due (both principal and interest) according to the original contractual terms of the loan agreement. Once a loan is determined to be impaired, the amount of impairment is measured based on the loan's observable fair value, the fair value of the underlying collateral less selling costs if the loan is collateral-dependent, or the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate. If the measurement of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan, the bank's allowance for the impaired collateral dependent loan under ASC 310-10-35 is based on fair value (less costs to sell), but the charge- off (the confirmed “loss”) is based on the higher appraised value. The remaining recorded investment in the loan after the charge-off will have a loan loss allowance for the amount by which the estimated fair value of the collateral (less costs to sell) is less than its appraised value.
Impaired loans with specific reserves are reviewed quarterly for any changes that would affect the specific reserve. Any impaired loan for which a determination has been made that the economic value is permanently reduced is charged-off against the allowance for loan losses to reflect its current economic value in the period in which the determination has been made.
At the time a collateral-dependent loan is initially determined to be impaired, we review the existing collateral appraisal. If the most recent appraisal is greater than a year old, a new appraisal is obtained on the underlying collateral. Appraisals are updated with a new independent appraisal at least annually and are formally reviewed by our internal appraisal department upon receipt of a new appraisal. All impaired loans and their related reserves are reviewed and updated each quarter. With an immaterial number of exceptions, all appraisals and internal reviews are current under this methodology at December 31, 2012.
Purchased Impaired Loans: Purchased impaired loans are recorded at their estimated fair values on the respective purchase dates and are accounted for prospectively based on expected cash flows. No allowance for credit losses is recorded on these loans at the acquisition date. In determining the acquisition date fair value of purchased impaired loans, and in subsequent accounting, the Company reviews these loans on an individual basis. Expected future cash flows in excess of the fair value of loans at the purchase date (''accretable yield'') are recorded as interest income over the life of the loans if the timing and amount of the future cash flows can be reasonably estimated. The non-accretable yield represents estimated losses in the portfolio and is equal to the difference between contractually required payments and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition.
Subsequent to the purchase date, increases in cash flows over those expected at the purchase date are recognized as interest income prospectively. The present value of any decreases in expected cash flows after the purchase date is recognized by r ecording a charge-off through the allowance for loan losses.


53

Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 1 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Troubled Debt Restructurings : A loan is classified as a troubled debt restructuring when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulties that leads to a restructuring of the loan, and the Company grants concessions to the borrower in the restructuring that it would not otherwise consider. These concessions may include rate reductions, principal forgiveness, extension of maturity date and other actions intended to minimize potential losses.
In determining whether a debtor is experiencing financial difficulties, the Company considers if the debtor is in payment default or would be in payment default in the foreseeable future without the modification, the debtor declared or is in the process of declaring bankruptcy, there is substantial doubt that the debtor will continue as a going concern, the debtor has securities that have been or are in the process of being delisted, the debtor's entity-specific projected cash flows will not be sufficient to service any of its debt, or the debtor cannot obtain funds from sources other than the existing creditors at a market rate for debt with similar risk characteristics.
In determining whether the Company has granted a concession, the Company assesses, if it does not expect to collect all amounts due, whether the current value of the collateral will satisfy the amounts owed, whether additional collateral or guarantees from the debtor will serve as adequate compensation for other terms of the restructuring, and whether the debtor otherwise has access to funds at a market rate for debt with similar risk characteristics.
A loan that is modified at a market rate of interest will not be classified as troubled debt restructuring in the calendar year subsequent to the restructuring if it is in compliance with the modified terms. Payment performance prior and subsequent to the restructuring is taken into account in assessing whether it is likely that the borrower can meet the new terms. This may result in the loan being returned to accrual at the time of restructuring. A period of sustained repayment for at least six months generally is required for return to accrual status.
Periodically, the Company will restructure a note into two separate notes (A/B structure), charging off the entire B portion of the note. The A note is structured with appropriate loan-to-value and cash flow coverage ratios that provide for a high likelihood of repayment. The A note is classified as a non-performing note until the borrower has displayed a historical payment performance for a reasonable time prior to and subsequent to the restructuring. A period of sustained repayment for at least six months generally is required to return the note to accrual status provided that management has determined that the performance is reasonably expected to continue. The A note will be classified as a restructured note (either performing or nonperforming) through the calendar year of the restructuring that the historical payment performance has been established.
Allowance for Loan Losses: The Company establishes provisions for loan losses, which are charged to the Company’s results of operations to maintain the allowance for loan losses to absorb probable incurred credit losses in the loan portfolio. In determining the level of the allowance for loan losses, the Company considers past and current loss experience, trends in classified loans, evaluations of real estate collateral, current economic conditions, volume and type of lending, adverse situations that may affect a borrower’s ability to repay a loan and the levels of nonperforming and other classified loans. The amount of the allowance is based on estimates and the ultimate losses may vary from the estimates as more information becomes available or events change.
The Company provides for loan losses based on the allowance method. Accordingly, all loan losses are charged to the related allowance and all recoveries are credited to it. Additions to the allowance for loan losses are provided by charges to income based on various factors that, in our judgment, deserve current recognition in estimating probable incurred credit losses. The Company reviews the loan portfolio on an ongoing basis and makes provisions for loan losses on a quarterly basis to maintain the allowance for loan losses in accordance with GAAP. The allowance for loan losses consists of two components:
•
specific allowances established for any impaired residential non-owner occupied mortgage, multi-family mortgage, nonresidential real estate, construction and land, commercial, and commercial lease loans for which the recorded investment in the loan exceeds the measured value of the loan; and
•
general allowances for loan losses for each loan class based on historical loan loss experience; and adjustments to historical loss experience (general allowances), maintained to cover uncertainties that affect our estimate of probable incurred credit losses for each loan class. If the remaining unamortized discount related to a specific pool of purchased performing loans exceeds the estimated credit losses associated with these loans, no general valuation allowance is recorded against the loans.
The adjustments to historical loss experience are based on our evaluation of several factors, including levels of, and trends in, past due and classified loans; levels of, and trends in, charge–offs and recoveries; trends in volume and terms of loans, including any credit concentrations in the loan portfolio; experience, ability, and depth of lending management and other relevant staff; and national and local economic trends and conditions.


54

Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 1 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The Company evaluates the allowance for loan losses based upon the combined total of the specific and general components. Generally, when the loan portfolio increases, absent other factors, the allowance for loan loss methodology results in a higher dollar amount of estimated probable incurred credit losses than would be the case without the increase. Conversely, when the loan portfolio decreases, absent other factors, the allowance for loan loss methodology generally results in a lower dollar amount of estimated probable losses than would be the case without the decrease.
The loss ratio used in computing the required general loan loss reserve allowance for a given class of loan consists of (i) the actual loss ratio (measured on a weighted, rolling twelve-quarter basis), (ii) the change in credit quality within the specific loan class during the period, (iii) the actual inherent risk factor assigned to the specific loan class and (iv) the actual concentration of risk factor assigned to the specific loan class (collectively, “the Specific Loan Class Risk Factors”). The Specific Loan Class Risk Factors are weighted equally in the calculation. In addition, two additional quantitative factors, the National Economic risk factor and the Local Economic risk factor, are also components of the computation but are given different weightings in their computation due to their relative applicability to the specific loan class in the context of the effect of national and local economic conditions on their risk profile and performance.
Mortgage Servicing Rights : Mortgage servicing rights are recognized separately when they are acquired through sales of loans. When mortgage loans are sold, servicing rights are initially recorded at fair value and gains on sales of loans are recorded in the statement of operations. Fair value is based on market prices for comparable mortgage servicing contracts, when available, or alternatively, is based on a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income. The valuation model incorporates assumptions that market participants would use in estimating future net servicing income, such as the servicing cost per loan, the discount rate, the escrow float rate, an inflation rate, ancillary income, prepayment speeds and default rates and losses. The Company compares the valuation model inputs and results to published industry data in order to validate the model results and assumptions. All classes of servicing assets are subsequently measured using the amortization method which requires servicing rights to be amortized into noninterest income in proportion to, and over the period of, the estimated future net servicing income of the underlying loans.
Servicing assets are evaluated for impairment based upon the fair value of the rights as compared to carrying amount. Impairment is determined by stratifying rights into groupings based on predominant risk characteristics, such as interest rate, loan type and investor type. Impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance for an individual grouping, to the extent that fair value is less than the carrying amount. If the Company later determines that all or a portion of the impairment no longer exists for a particular grouping, a reduction of the allowance may be recorded as an increase to income. Changes in valuation allowances are reported with amortization and impairment of servicing assets on the statement of operations. The fair values of servicing rights are subject to significant fluctuations as a result of changes in estimated and actual prepayment speeds and default rates and losses.
Servicing fee income that is reported on the statement of operations as loan servicing fees is recorded for fees earned for servicing loans. The fees are based on a contractual percentage of the outstanding principal; or a fixed amount per loan and are recorded as income when earned. Late fees and ancillary fees related to loan servicing are not material.
Other Real Estate Owned : Real estate properties acquired in collection of a loan are initially recorded at fair value less cost to sell at acquisition, establishing a new cost basis. If fair value declines subsequent to foreclosure, a valuation allowance is recorded through expense. Operating expenses, gains and losses on disposition, and changes in the valuation allowance are reported in noninterest expense as operations of other real estate owned ("OREO").
Premises and Equipment : Land is carried at cost. Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is included in noninterest expense and is computed on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Useful lives are estimated to be 25 to 40 years for buildings and improvements that extend the life of the original building, ten to 20 years for routine building improvements, five to 15 years for furniture and equipment, two to five years for computer hardware and software and no greater than four years on automobiles. The cost of maintenance and repairs is charged to expense as incurred and significant repairs are capitalized.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets : Goodwill represents the excess of cost over the fair value of the net assets of businesses acquired. Goodwill and other intangible assets acquired in a purchase business combination and determined to have an indefinite useful life are not amortized, but instead tested for impairment at least annually. The Company has selected December 31 as the date to perform the annual impairment test. Intangible assets with definite useful lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives to their estimated residual values. Goodwill is the Company’s only intangible asset with an indefinite life. The annual impairment analysis of goodwill includes identification of reporting units, the determination of the carrying value of each reporting unit, including the existing goodwill and intangible assets, and estimating the fair value of each reporting unit. The Company identified one significant reporting unit—banking operations. The Company determined the fair value of our reporting unit and


55

Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 1 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

compared it to its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, we are required to perform a second step to the impairment test.
Our annual impairment analysis as of December 31, 2011, indicated that the step two analysis was necessary. It was determined that the implied value of goodwill was less than the carrying amount, and the Company reduced the full carrying amount of goodwill with a charge to earnings. Step one of our annual impairment analysis performed in 2010 indicated that there was no impairment in our goodwill, as the fair value of the reporting unit exceeded the carrying amount.
Core deposit intangible assets (“CDI”), are recognized apart from goodwill at the time of acquisition based on valuations prepared by independent third parties or other estimates of fair value. In preparing such valuations, variables such as deposit servicing costs, attrition rates, and market discount rates are considered. CDI assets are amortized to expense over their useful lives.
Bank Owned Life Insurance: The Company has purchased life insurance policies on certain key executives. The Company owned life insurance is recorded at the amount that can be realized under the insurance contract at the balance sheet date, which is the cash surrender value adjusted for other charges or other amounts due that are probable at settlement.
Long-Term Assets : Premises and equipment, core deposit and other intangible assets, and other long-term assets are reviewed for impairment when events indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable from future undiscounted cash flows. If impaired, the assets are recorded at fair value.
Loan Commitments and Related Financial Instruments : Financial instruments include off-balance-sheet credit instruments, such as commitments to make loans and commercial letters of credit, issued to meet customer financing needs. The face amount for these items represents the exposure to loss, before considering customer collateral or ability to repay. Such financial instruments are recorded when they are funded.
Income Taxes : Income tax expense is the total of the current year income tax due or refundable and the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities. Under GAAP, a deferred tax asset valuation allowance is required to be recognized if it is “more likely than not” that the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The determination of the realizability of the deferred tax assets is highly subjective and dependent upon judgment concerning management’s evaluation of both positive and negative evidence, the forecasts of future taxable income, applicable tax planning strategies, and assessments of current and future economic and business conditions. The Company considers both positive and negative evidence regarding the ultimate realizability of our deferred tax assets. Examples of positive evidence may include the existence, if any, of taxes paid in available carry-back years and the likelihood that taxable income will be generated in future periods. Examples of negative evidence may include a cumulative loss in the current year and prior two years and negative general business and economic trends. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period of the enactment date.
Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. In assessing the realization of deferred tax assets, management evaluates both positive and negative evidence, including the existence of any cumulative losses in the current year and the prior two years, the amount of taxes paid in available carry-back years, the forecasts of future income, taking into account applicable tax planning strategies, and assessments of current and future economic and business conditions. This analysis is updated quarterly and adjusted as necessary. At December 31, 2012 and 2011 , after considering both positive and negative evidence, the Company determined that a full valuation allowance for deferred tax assets was required.
Retirement Plans : Employee 401(k) and profit sharing plan expense is the amount of matching contributions and any annual discretionary contribution made at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors. Deferred compensation expense allocates the benefits over years of service.
Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”) : The cost of shares issued to the ESOP, but not yet allocated to participants, is shown as a reduction of stockholders’ equity. Compensation expense is based on the market price of shares as they are committed to be released to participant accounts. Dividends on allocated ESOP shares reduce retained earnings; dividends on unearned ESOP shares reduce debt and accrued interest.
Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share : Basic earnings (loss) per common share is net income (loss) divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. ESOP shares are considered outstanding for this calculation unless unearned. Diluted earnings (loss) per common share is net income (loss) divided by the weighted average number of common


56

Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 1 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

shares outstanding during the period plus the dilutive effect of restricted stock shares and the additional potential shares issuable under stock options.
Loss Contingencies : Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business, are recorded as liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated. Management does not believe that there are such matters that will have a material effect on the financial statements as of December 31, 2012.
Restrictions on Cash : Cash on hand or on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank which is required to meet regulatory reserve and clearing requirements, based on a percentage of deposits.
Fair Values of Financial Instruments : Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market value information and other assumptions, as more fully disclosed in a separate note. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment regarding interest rates, credit risk, prepayments, and other factors, especially in the absence of broad markets for particular items. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect the estimates.
Comprehensive Income (Loss) : Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net income (loss) and other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) includes unrealized gains and losses on securities, which are also recognized as separate components of stockholders’ equity.
Stock-based Compensation: Compensation cost is recognized for stock options and restricted stock awards issued to employees, based on the fair value of these awards at the date of grant. The Black-Scholes model is utilized to estimate the fair value of stock options, while the market price of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant is used for restricted stock awards. Compensation cost is recognized over the required service period, generally defined as the vesting period.
Transfers of Financial Assets: Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been relinquished. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when the assets have been isolated from the Company, the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.
Operating Segments: While management monitors the revenue streams of the various products and services, operations are managed and financial performance is evaluated on a Company-wide basis. Operating results are not reviewed by senior management to make resource allocation or performance decisions. Accordingly, all of the financial service operations are considered by management to be aggregated in one reportable operating segment.
Reclassifications : Certain reclassifications have been made in the prior year’s financial statements to conform to the current year’s presentation.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In June 2011, the FASB issued an accounting standards update to increase the prominence of items included in Other Comprehensive Income and facilitate the convergence of U.S. GAAP with IFRS. The update prohibited continued exclusive presentation of Other Comprehensive Income in the statement of stockholders' equity. The update required that all non-owner changes in stockholders' equity be presented in either a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but continuous statements. The amendments in the update became effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2011. The provisions of this update only changed the manner in which our Other Comprehensive Income is disclosed.



57

Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 2 - LOSS PER SHARE

Amounts reported in loss per share reflect loss available to common stockholders for the period divided by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period, exclusive of unearned ESOP shares and unvested restricted stock shares. Stock options and restricted stock are regarded as potential common stock and are considered in the diluted earnings per share calculations to the extent that they would have a dilutive effect if converted to common stock.
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Net loss available to common stockholders
$
(27,109
)
 
$
(48,696
)
 
$
(4,307
)
Average common shares outstanding
21,072,966

 
21,072,966

 
21,208,600

Less:
 
 
 
 
 
Unearned ESOP shares
(1,182,495
)
 
(1,294,478
)
 
(1,441,668
)
Unvested restricted stock shares
(1,954
)
 
(8,465
)
 
(102,823
)
Weighted average common shares outstanding
19,888,517

 
19,770,023

 
19,664,109

Add - Net effect of dilutive stock options and unvested restricted stock
—

 
—

 
—

Weighted average dilutive common shares outstanding
19,888,517

 
19,770,023

 
19,664,109

Basic loss per common share
$
(1.36
)
 
$
(2.46
)
 
$
(0.22
)
Diluted loss per common share
$
(1.36
)
 
$
(2.46
)
 
$
(0.22
)
Number of antidilutive stock options excluded from the diluted earnings per share calculation
—

 
2,075,553

 
2,287,553

Weighted average exercise price of anti-dilutive option shares
$
—

 
$
16.54

 
$
16.52

 


58

Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 3 - SECURITIES

The fair value of securities and the related gross unrealized gains and losses recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) is as follows:
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair Value
December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Certificates of deposit
$
33,456

 
$
—

 
$
—

 
$
33,456

Municipal securities
350

 
19

 
—

 
369

Equity mutual fund
500

 
28

 
—

 
528

Mortgage-backed securities - residential
32,572

 
1,661

 
—

 
34,233

Collateralized mortgage obligations - residential
9,111

 
95

 
(2
)
 
9,204

SBA-guaranteed loan participation certificates
42

 
—

 
—

 
42

 
$
76,031

 
$
1,803

 
$
(2
)
 
$
77,832

December 31, 2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Certificates of deposit
$
30,448

 
$
—

 
$
—

 
$
30,448

Municipal securities
515

 
36

 
—

 
551

Equity mutual fund
500

 
24

 
—

 
524

Mortgage-backed securities - residential
34,691

 
1,385

 
—

 
36,076

Collateralized mortgage obligations - residential
24,837

 
372

 
(23
)
 
25,186

SBA-guaranteed loan participation certificates
47

 
—

 
—

 
47

 
$
91,038

 
$
1,817

 
$
(23
)
 
$
92,832

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations reflected in the preceding table were issued by U.S. government-sponsored entities and agencies, Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae and Ginnie Mae, and are obligations which the government has affirmed its commitment to support. All securities reflected in the preceding table were classified as available-for-sale at December 31, 2012 and 2011 .
The amortized cost and fair values of securities at December 31, 2012 by contractual maturity are shown below. Securities not due at a single maturity date are shown separately. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
 
2012
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Fair
Value
Due in one year or less
$
33,626

 
$
33,632

Due after one year through five years
180

 
193

 
33,806

 
33,825

Equity mutual fund
500

 
528

Mortgage-backed securities - residential
32,572

 
34,233

Collateralized mortgage obligations - residential
9,111

 
9,204

SBA-guaranteed loan participation certificates
42

 
42

Total
$
76,031

 
$
77,832

Investment securities available for sale with carrying amounts of $9.4 million and $10.4 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011 , respectively, were pledged as collateral on customer repurchase agreements and for other purposes as required or permitted by law.


59

Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
NOTE 3 – SECURITIES (continued)


Sales of securities were as follows:
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Proceeds
$
—

 
$
9,677

 
$
31

Gross gains
—

 
—

 
31

Gross losses
—

 
—

 
—

Securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2012 and 2011 not recognized in income are as follows:
 
Less than 12 Months
 
12 Months or More
 
Total
 
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Loss
 
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Loss
 
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Loss
2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Collateralized mortgage obligations - residential
$
—

 
$
—

 
$
1,956

 
$
2

 
$
1,956

 
$
2

2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Collateralized mortgage obligations - residential
$
—

 
$
—

 
$
2,134

 
$
23

 
$
2,134

 
$
23

The Company evaluates marketable investment securities with significant declines in fair value on a quarterly basis to determine whether they should be considered other-than-temporarily impaired under current accounting guidance, which generally provides that if a marketable security is in an unrealized loss position, whether due to general market conditions or industry or issuer-specific factors, the holder of the securities must assess whether the impairment is other-than-temporary.
A collateralized mortgage obligation that the Company holds in its investment portfolio remained in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2012 , but the unrealized loss was not considered significant under the Company’s impairment testing methodology. In addition, the Company does not intend to sell this security, and it is likely that the Company will not be required to sell the security before its anticipated recovery occurs.


60
Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
NOTE 4 – LOANS RECEIVABLE


Loans receivable are as follows:
 
December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
One-to-four family residential real estate loans
$
218,596

 
$
272,032

Multi-family mortgage loans
352,019

 
423,615

Nonresidential real estate loans
264,672

 
311,641

Construction and land loans
8,552

 
19,852

Commercial loans
61,388

 
93,932

Commercial leases
139,783

 
134,990

Consumer loans
2,745

 
2,147

Total loans
1,047,755

 
1,258,209

Net deferred loan origination costs
745

 
908

Allowance for loan losses
(18,035
)
 
(31,726
)
Loans, net
$
1,030,465

 
$
1,227,391

Loan Origination/Risk Management. The Company has certain lending policies and procedures in place that are designed to maximize loan income within an acceptable level of risk. The Company reviews and approves these policies and procedures on a periodic basis. A reporting system supplements the review process by providing management with frequent reports related to loan production, loan quality, concentrations of credit, loan delinquencies and nonperforming and potential problem loans. The Company requires title insurance insuring the priority of our lien, fire and extended coverage casualty insurance, and, if appropriate, flood insurance, in order to protect our security interest in the underlying property.
The majority of the loans the Company originates are investment and business loans (multi-family, nonresidential real estate, commercial, construction and land loans, and commercial leases). In addition, we originate one-to-four family residential mortgage loans and consumer loans, and purchase and sell loan participations from time-to-time. The following briefly describes our principal loan products.
The Company originates real estate loans principally secured by first liens on nonresidential real estate. The nonresidential real estate properties are predominantly office buildings, light industrial buildings, shopping centers and mixed-use developments and, to a lesser extent, more specialized properties such as nursing homes and other healthcare facilities. The Company may, from time to time, purchase commercial real estate loan participations.
Multi-family mortgage loans generally are secured by multi-family rental properties such as apartment buildings, including subsidized apartment units. In general, loan amounts range between $250,000 and $3.0 million . Approximately 14% of the collateral is located outside of our primary market area; however, we do not have a concentration in any single market outside of our primary market territory. In underwriting multi-family mortgage loans, the Company consider a number of factors, which include the projected net cash flow to the loan’s debt service requirement (generally requiring a minimum ratio of 115% for loans below $400,000 and 120% for loans above $400,000 , the age and condition of the collateral, the financial resources and income level of the borrower and the borrower’s experience in owning or managing similar properties. Multi-family mortgage loans are generally originated in amounts up to 80% of the appraised value of the property securing the loan. Personal guarantees are usually obtained from multi-family mortgage borrowers.
Loans secured by multi-family mortgages generally involve a greater degree of credit risk than one- to four-family residential mortgage loans and carry larger loan balances. This increased credit risk is a result of several factors, including the concentration of principal in a limited number of loans and borrowers, the effects of general economic conditions on income producing properties, and the increased difficulty of evaluating and monitoring these types of loans. Furthermore, the repayment of loans secured by multi-family mortgages typically depends upon the successful operation of the related real estate property. If the cash flow from the project is reduced, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan may be impaired.
The Company emphasizes nonresidential real estate loans with initial principal balances between $250,000 and $3.0 million . Substantially all of our nonresidential real estate loans are secured by properties located in our primary market area. The Company’s nonresidential real estate loans are generally written as three - or five -year adjustable-rate mortgages or mortgages with balloon


61
Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
NOTE 4 – LOANS RECEIVABLE (continued)

maturities of three or five years. Amortization on these loans is typically based on 20 - to 25 -year schedules. The Company also originates some 15 -year fixed-rate, fully amortizing loans.
In the underwriting of nonresidential real estate loans, the Company generally lends up to 80% of the property’s appraised value. Decisions to lend are based on the economic viability of the property and the creditworthiness of the borrower. In evaluating a proposed commercial real estate loan, we emphasize the ratio of the property’s projected net cash flow to the loan’s debt service requirement (generally requiring a minimum ratio of 120% ), computed after deduction for a vacancy factor and property expenses we deem appropriate. Personal guarantees are usually obtained from nonresidential real estate borrowers.
Nonresidential real estate loans generally carry higher interest rates and have shorter terms than those on one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. Nonresidential real estate loans, however, entail significant additional credit risks compared to one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, as they typically involve larger loan balances concentrated with single borrowers or groups of related borrowers. In addition, the payment of loans secured by income-producing properties typically depends on the successful operation of the related real estate project and thus may be subject to a greater extent to adverse conditions in the real estate market and in the general economy.
The Company makes various types of secured and unsecured commercial loans to customers in our market area for the purpose of financing equipment acquisition, expansion, working capital and other general business purposes. The terms of these loans generally range from less than one year to five years. The loans are either negotiated on a fixed-rate basis or carry adjustable interest rates indexed to (i) a lending rate that is determined internally, or (ii) a short-term market rate index.
Commercial credit decisions are based upon our credit assessment of the loan applicant. The Company determines the applicant’s ability to repay in accordance with the proposed terms of the loans and we assess the risks involved. An evaluation is made of the applicant to determine character and capacity to manage. Personal guarantees of the principals are usually obtained. In addition to evaluating the loan applicant’s financial statements, we consider the adequacy of the primary and secondary sources of repayment for the loan. Credit agency reports of the applicant’s credit history supplement our analysis of the applicant’s creditworthiness and at times are supplemented with inquiries to other banks and trade investigations. Collateral supporting a secured transaction also is analyzed to determine its marketability. Commercial business loans generally have higher interest rates than residential loans of like duration because they have a higher risk of default since their repayment generally depends on the successful operation of the borrower’s business and the sufficiency of any collateral. Pricing of commercial loans is based primarily on the credit risk of the borrower, with due consideration given to borrowers with appropriate deposit relationships.
The Company also lends money to small and mid-size leasing companies for equipment financing leases. Generally, commercial leases are secured by an assignment by the leasing company of the lease payments and by a secured interest in the equipment being leased. The lessee acknowledges our security interest in the leased equipment and agrees to send lease payments directly to us. Consequently, the Company underwrites lease loans by examining the creditworthiness of the lessee rather than the lessor. Lease loans generally are non-recourse to the leasing company.
The Company’s commercial leases are secured primarily by technology equipment, medical equipment, material handling equipment and other capital equipment. Lessees tend to be publicly-traded companies with investment-grade rated debt or companies that have not issued public debt and therefore do not have a public debt rating. The Company requires that a minimum of 50% of our commercial lessees have an investment grade public debt rating by Moody’s or Standard & Poors, or the equivalent. Commercial leases to these entities have a maximum maturity of seven years and a maximum outstanding credit exposure of $10.0 million to any single entity. Lessees without public debt ratings generally have net worth in excess of $25.0 million . If the lessee does not have a public debt rating, they are subject to the same internal credit analysis as any other customer. Commercial leases to these lessees have a maximum maturity of five years and a maximum outstanding credit exposure of $3.0 million to any single entity. In addition, the Company will originate commercial leases to lessees with below-investment grade public debt ratings, but these leases are limited to 10% of our commercial lease portfolio and have a maximum outstanding credit exposure of $2.0 million to any single entity. Lease loans are almost always fully amortizing, with fixed interest rates.
Although the Company does not actively originate construction and land loans presently, construction and land loans generally consist of land acquisition loans to help finance the purchase of land intended for further development, including single-family homes, multi-family housing and commercial income property, development loans to builders in our market area to finance improvements to real estate, consisting mostly of single-family subdivisions, typically to finance the cost of utilities, roads, sewers and other development costs. These builders generally rely on the sale of single-family homes to repay development loans, although in some cases the improved building lots may be sold to another builder, often in conjunction with development loans. Construction and land loans typically involve a higher degree of credit risk than financing on improved, owner-occupied real estate. The risk of loss on construction and land loans is largely dependent upon the accuracy of the initial appraisal of the property’s value upon


62
Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
NOTE 4 – LOANS RECEIVABLE (continued)

completion of construction or development; the estimated cost of construction, including interest; and the estimated time to complete and/or sell or lease such property. The Company seeks to minimize these risks by maintaining consistent lending policies and underwriting standards. However, if the estimate of value proves to be inaccurate, the cost of completion is greater than expected, the length of time to complete and/or sell or lease the collateral property is greater than anticipated, or if there is a downturn in the local economy or real estate market, the property could have a value upon completion that is insufficient to assure full repayment of the loan. This could have a material adverse effect on the quality of the construction and land loan portfolio, and could result in significant losses or delinquencies.
The Company offers conforming and non-conforming, fixed-rate and adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans with maturities of up to 30 years and maximum loan amounts generally of up to $2.5 million . The Company currently offers fixed-rate conventional mortgage loans with terms of 10 to 30 years that are fully amortizing with monthly payments, and adjustable-rate conventional mortgage loans with initial terms of between one and five years that amortize up to 30 years. One- to four-family residential mortgage loans are generally underwritten according to Fannie Mae guidelines, and loans that conform to such guidelines are referred to as “conforming loans.” The Company generally originates both fixed- and adjustable-rate loans in amounts up to the maximum conforming loan limits as established by Fannie Mae, which is currently $417,000 for single-family homes. Private mortgage insurance is required for first mortgage loans with loan-to-value ratios in excess of 80% .
The Company also originates loans above conforming limits, sometimes referred to as “jumbo loans,” that have been underwritten to the credit standards of Fannie Mae. These loans are generally eligible for sale to various firms that specialize in the purchase of such non-conforming loans. In the Chicago metropolitan area, larger residential loans are not uncommon. The Company also originates loans at higher rates that do not fully meet the credit standards of Fannie Mae but are deemed to be acceptable risks.
The markets served by the Company have been impacted by widespread economic weakness and high unemployment, which have contributed to a rise in charge-offs and nonperforming assets. The ability of the Company’s borrowers to repay their loans, and the value of the collateral securing such loans, could be further adversely impacted by continued or more significant economic weakness in its local markets as a result of increased unemployment, declining real estate values, or increased residential and office vacancies. This not only could result in the Company experiencing a further increase in charge-offs and/or nonperforming assets, but also could necessitate an increase in the provision for loan losses. These events, if they were to occur, would have an adverse impact on the Company’s results of operations and its capital.


63
Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
NOTE 4 – LOANS RECEIVABLE (continued)

The following tables present the balance in the allowance for loan losses and the loans receivable by portfolio segment and based on impairment method:
 
Allowance for loan losses
 
Loan Balances
 
Individually
evaluated  for
impairment
 
Purchased impaired loans
 
Collectively
evaluated  for
impairment
 
Total
 
Individually
evaluated  for
impairment
 
Purchased
impaired
loans
 
Collectively
evaluated  for
impairment
 
Total
December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
One-to-four family residential real estate loans
$
137

 
$
5

 
$
4,584

 
$
4,726

 
$
5,256

 
$
380

 
$
212,960

 
$
218,596

Multi-family mortgage loans
729

 
—

 
3,851

 
4,580

 
4,801

 
—

 
347,218

 
352,019

Nonresidential real estate loans
401

 
8

 
5,136

 
5,545

 
11,918

 
2,568

 
250,186

 
264,672

Construction and land loans
294

 
96

 
641

 
1,031

 
2,210

 
1,021

 
5,321

 
8,552

Commercial loans
23

 
1

 
1,300

 
1,324

 
256

 
20

 
61,112

 
61,388

Commercial leases
—

 
—

 
666

 
666

 
—

 
—

 
139,783

 
139,783

Consumer loans
—

 
—

 
163

 
163

 
—

 
—

 
2,745

 
2,745

Total
$
1,584

 
$
110

 
$
16,341

 
$
18,035

 
$
24,441

 
$
3,989

 
$
1,019,325

 
1,047,755

Net deferred loan origination costs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
745

Allowance for loan losses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(18,035
)
Loans, net
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
1,030,465

 
 
Allowance for loan losses
 
Loan Balances
 
Individually
evaluated
for
impairment
 
Collectively
evaluated
for
impairment
 
Total
 
Individually
evaluated
for
impairment
 
Purchase impaired loans
 
Collectively
evaluated
for
impairment
 
Total
December 31, 2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
One-to-four family residential real estate loans
$
1,883

 
$
4,220

 
$
6,103

 
$
14,181

 
$
3,941

 
$
253,910

 
$
272,032

Multi-family mortgage loans
1,881

 
4,201

 
6,082

 
20,380

 
1,418

 
401,817

 
423,615

Nonresidential real estate loans
8,126

 
5,630

 
13,756

 
32,669

 
3,375

 
275,597

 
311,641

Construction and land loans
959

 
725

 
1,684

 
3,263

 
4,788

 
11,801

 
19,852

Commercial loans
2,079

 
1,460

 
3,539

 
3,160

 
1,078

 
89,694

 
93,932

Commercial leases
22

 
482

 
504

 
22

 
—

 
134,968

 
134,990

Consumer loans
3

 
55

 
58

 
3

 
—

 
2,144

 
2,147

Total
$
14,953

 
$
16,773

 
$
31,726

 
$
73,678

 
$
14,600

 
$
1,169,931

 
1,258,209

Net deferred loan origination costs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
908

Allowance for loan losses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(31,726
)
Loans, net
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
1,227,391




64
Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
NOTE 4 – LOANS RECEIVABLE (continued)

  Activity in the allowance for loan losses is as follows:
 
For the Years ended December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Beginning balance
$
31,726

 
$
22,180

 
$
18,622

Loans charged offs:
 
 
 
 
 
One-to-four family residential real estate loans
(12,366
)
 
(5,316
)
 
(2,292
)
Multi-family mortgage loans
(7,203
)
 
(3,514
)
 
(2,385
)
Nonresidential real estate loans
(18,167
)
 
(698
)
 
(2,897
)
Construction and land loans
(4,311
)
 
(2,519
)
 
(525
)
Commercial loans
(4,960
)
 
(1,394
)
 
(1,174
)
Commercial leases
(121
)
 
(72
)
 
—

Consumer loans
(103
)
 
(93
)
 
(16
)
 
(47,231
)
 
(13,606
)
 
(9,289
)
Recoveries:
 
 
 
 
 
One-to-four family residential real estate loans
233

 
51

 
69

Multi-family mortgage loans
539

 
125

 
3

Nonresidential real estate loans
328

 
73

 
633

Construction and land loans
250

 
—

 
58

Commercial loans
626

 
173

 
1

Commercial leases
—

 
—

 
—

Consumer loans
42

 
7

 
—

 
2,018

 
429

 
764

Net charge-off
(45,213
)
 
(13,177
)
 
(8,525
)
Provision for loan losses
31,522

 
22,723

 
12,083

Ending balance
$
18,035

 
$
31,726

 
$
22,180

Impaired loans
Several of the following disclosures are presented by “recorded investment,” which the FASB defines as “the amount of the investment in a loan, which is not net of a valuation allowance, but which does reflect any direct write-down of the investment.” The following represents the components of recorded investment:
Loan principal balance
Less unapplied payments
Plus negative unapplied balance
Less escrow balance
Plus negative escrow balance
Plus unamortized net deferred loan costs
Less unamortized net deferred loan fees
Plus unamortized premium
Less unamortized discount
Less previous charge-offs
Plus recorded accrued interest
Less reserve for uncollected interest
= Recorded investment


65
Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
NOTE 4 – LOANS RECEIVABLE (continued)

The following table presents loans individually evaluated for impairment by class loans, excluding purchased impaired loans:
 
Loan
Balance
 
Recorded
Investment
 
Partial Charge-off
 
Allowance
for Loan
Losses
Allocated
 
Average
Investment
in Impaired
Loans
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
With no related allowance recorded:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
One-to-four family residential real estate loans
$
5,250

 
$
4,216

 
$
1,027

 
$
—

 
$
2,814

 
$
149

One-to-four family residential real estate loans - non-owner occupied
567

 
534

 
34

 
—

 
4,322

 
90

Multi-family mortgage loans
2,959

 
2,106

 
819

 
—

 
9,303

 
189

Wholesale commercial lending
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

Nonresidential real estate loans
11,850

 
9,220

 
2,490

 
—

 
6,218

 
347

Land loans
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
409

 
—

Commercial loans - secured
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
137

 
—

Commercial loans - unsecured
529

 
52

 
477

 
—

 
25

 
21

Commercial loans - other
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
23

 
3

 
21,155

 
16,128

 
4,847

 
—

 
23,251

 
799

With an allowance recorded:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
One-to-four family residential real estate loans
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
2,500

 
—

One-to-four family residential real estate loans - non-owner occupied
626

 
499

 
128

 
137

 
1,996

 
13

Multi-family mortgage loans
3,182

 
2,645

 
521

 
729

 
6,562

 
20

Nonresidential real estate loans
2,825

 
2,549

 
266

 
401

 
21,077

 
20

Land loans
3,812

 
2,210

 
1,602

 
294

 
2,933

 
113

Commercial loans - secured
386

 
204

 
182

 
23

 
1,849

 
—

Commercial loans - unsecured
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
267

 
—

Non-rated commercial leases
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
36

 
—

Consumer loans
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
2

 
—

 
10,831

 
8,107

 
2,699

 
1,584

 
37,222

 
166

Total
$
31,986

 
$
24,235

 
$
7,546

 
$
1,584

 
$
60,473

 
$
965



66
Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
NOTE 4 – LOANS RECEIVABLE (continued)

 
Loan
Balance
 
Recorded
Investment
 
Partial Charge-off
 
Allowance
for Loan
Losses
Allocated
 
Average
Investment
in Impaired
Loans
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
December 31, 2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
With no related allowance recorded:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
One-to-four family residential real estate loans
$
2,329

 
$
2,171

 
$
—

 
$
—

 
$
623

 
$
24

One-to-four family residential real estate loans - non-owner occupied
5,945

 
5,816

 
 
 
 
 
2,499

 
266

Multi-family mortgage loans
8,910

 
8,885

 
—

 
—

 
5,567

 
378

Wholesale commercial lending
3,304

 
3,300

 
—

 
—

 
338

 
35

Nonresidential real estate loans
7,304

 
7,240

 
—

 
—

 
5,977

 
275

Construction loans
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
77

 
—

Land loans
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
70

 
—

Commercial loans - secured
237

 
238

 
—

 
—

 
448

 
45

Commercial loans - other
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
41

Non-rated commercial leases
—

 
 
 
—

 
—

 
44

 
15

 
28,029

 
27,650

 
—

 
—

 
15,643

 
1,079

With an allowance recorded:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
One-to-four family residential real estate loans
3,970

 
3,962

 
—

 
1,055

 
1,406

 
2

One-to-four family residential real estate loans - non-owner occupied
1,937

 
1,931

 
—

 
828

 
2,962

 
—

Multi-family mortgage loans
8,166

 
8,135

 
—

 
1,881

 
4,307

 
5

Wholesale commercial lending
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
4,066

 
—

Nonresidential real estate loans
25,365

 
25,210

 
—

 
8,126

 
12,134

 
75

Construction loans
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
1,392

 
—

Land loans
3,263

 
3,251

 
—

 
959

 
2,128

 
82

Commercial loans - secured
2,869

 
2,867

 
—

 
2,048

 
3,253

 
—

Commercial loans - unsecured
54

 
54

 
—

 
31

 
150

 
—

Commercial loans - other
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
22

 
—

Non-rated commercial leases
22

 
22

 
—

 
22

 
98

 
—

Consumer loans
3

 
3

 
—

 
3

 
—

 
—

 
45,649

 
45,435

 
—

 
14,953

 
31,918

 
164

Total
$
73,678

 
$
73,085

 
$
—

 
$
14,953

 
$
47,561

 
$
1,243



67
Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
NOTE 4 – LOANS RECEIVABLE (continued)

Purchased Impaired Loans
As a result of its acquisition of Downers Grove National Bank (see Note 18 – Acquisitions), the Company holds purchased loans for which there was evidence of deterioration of credit quality since origination and for which it was probable that all contractually required payments would not be collected as of the date of the acquisition. The carrying amount of these purchased impaired loans is as follows:
 
December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
One–to–four family residential real estate loans
$
380

 
$
3,941

Multi-family mortgage loans
—

 
1,418

Nonresidential real estate loans
2,568

 
3,375

Construction loans
—

 
813

Land loans
1,021

 
3,975

Commercial loans
20

 
1,078

Outstanding balance
$
3,989

 
$
14,600

Carrying amount, net of allowance
($110 at December 31, 2012, none at December 31, 2011)
$
3,879

 
$
14,600

Accretable yield, or income expected to be collected, related to purchased impaired loans is as follows:
 
For the Years ended December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
Beginning balance
$
2,270

 
$
—

New loans purchased
—

 
3,410

Disposals
745

 
—

Accretion of income
1,329

 
1,140

Ending balance
$
196

 
$
2,270

For the above purchased impaired loans, the Company increased the allowance for loan losses by $110,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012 . No allowance for loan losses was recorded for these loans for the year ended December 31, 2011 .
Purchased impaired loans for which it was probable at the date of acquisition that all contractually required payments would not be collected are as follows:
 
December 31,

2012
 
2011
Contractually required payments receivable of loans purchased:
 
 
 
One-to-four family residential real estate loans
$
1,143

 
$
5,886

Multi-family mortgage loans
—

 
3,456

Nonresidential real estate loans
3,884

 
5,395

Construction loans
—

 
1,314

Land loans
1,600

 
8,152

Commercial loans
597

 
7,672

Consumer loans
—

 
33

 
$
7,224

 
$
31,908



68
Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
NOTE 4 – LOANS RECEIVABLE (continued)

At acquisition, cash flows expected to be collected were $18.8 million , compared to the fair value of purchased impaired loans of $15.4 million .
Nonaccrual loans
The following table presents the recorded investment in nonaccrual and loans past due over 90 days still on accrual by class of loans, excluding purchased impaired loans:
 
Loan Balance
 
Recorded
Investment
 
Loans Past
Due Over 90
Days, still
accruing
December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
One-to-four family residential real estate loans
$
7,286

 
$
6,154

 
$
70

One-to-four family residential real estate loans – non owner occupied
1,420

 
1,145

 
—

Multi-family mortgage loans
5,246

 
3,517

 
242

Nonresidential real estate loans
12,249

 
8,985

 
—

Land loans
3,817

 
2,210

 
—

Commercial loans – secured
386

 
204

 
—

Commercial loans – unsecured
552

 
52

 
20

Non-rated commercial leases
—

 
—

 
—

Consumer loans
—

 
—

 
—

 
$
30,956

 
$
22,267

 
$
332

December 31, 2011
 
 
 
 
 
One-to-four family residential real estate loans
$
6,199

 
$
6,191

 
$
40

One-to-four family residential real estate loans – non owner occupied
4,510

 
4,431

 
—

Multi-family mortgage loans
14,983

 
14,807

 
—

Nonresidential real estate loans
30,396

 
29,927

 
125

Land loans
3,263

 
3,246

 
185

Commercial loans – secured
2,885

 
2,867

 
—

Commercial loans – unsecured
55

 
53

 
—

Non-rated commercial leases
22

 
22

 
—

Consumer loans
3

 
3

 
—

 
$
62,316

 
$
61,547

 
$
350

Nonaccrual loans and impaired loans are defined differently. Some loans may be included in both categories, and some may only be included in one category. Nonaccrual loans include both smaller balance homogeneous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment and individually classified impaired loans.
The Company’s reserve for uncollected loan interest was $942,000 and $2.7 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011 , respectively. Except for purchased impaired loans, when a loan is on non-accrual status and the ultimate collectability of the total principal of an impaired loan is in doubt, all payments are applied to principal under the cost recovery method. Alternatively, when a loan is on non-accrual status but there is doubt concerning only the ultimate collectability of interest, contractual interest is credited to interest income only when received, under the cash basis method pursuant to the provisions of FASB ASC 310–10, as applicable. In all cases, the average balances are calculated based on the month–end balances of the financing receivables within the period reported pursuant to the provisions of FASB ASC 310–10, as applicable.


69
Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
NOTE 4 – LOANS RECEIVABLE (continued)

Past Due Loans
The following tables presents the aging of the recorded investment in past due loans at December 31, 2012 by class of loans:
 
30-59 Days
Past Due
 
60-89 Days
Past Due
 
90 Days  or
Greater
Past Due
 
Total Past
Due
 
Loans Not
Past Due
 
Total
One-to-four family residential real estate loans
$
1,584

 
$
778

 
$
4,463

 
$
6,825

 
$
153,279

 
$
160,104

One-to-four family residential real estate loans - non-owner occupied
855

 
579

 
249

 
1,683

 
55,906

 
57,589

Multi-family mortgage loans
5,393

 
3,049

 
3,218

 
11,660

 
291,103

 
302,763

Wholesale commercial lending
1,481

 
—

 
—

 
1,481

 
44,342

 
45,823

Nonresidential real estate loans
863

 
398

 
5,508

 
6,769

 
252,368

 
259,137

Land loans
702

 
1,220

 
630

 
2,552

 
4,956

 
7,508

Commercial loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

Secured
659

 
3

 
204

 
866

 
22,336

 
23,202

Unsecured
81

 
78

 
16

 
175

 
5,774

 
5,949

Municipal loans
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
4,752

 
4,752

Warehouse lines
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
2,989

 
2,989

Health care
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
17,601

 
17,601

Other
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
6,977

 
6,977

Commercial leases:
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

Investment rated commercial leases
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
102,724

 
102,724

Below investment grade
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
9,294

 
9,294

Non-rated
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
25,657

 
25,657

Lease pools
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
3,028

 
3,028

Consumer loans
15

 
—

 
—

 
15

 
2,741

 
2,756

Total
$
11,633

(1)
$
6,105

(1)
$
14,288

 
$
32,026

 
$
1,005,827

 
$
1,037,853

 
(1)
38% of the combined 30–89 days past due loans have matured and are in the process of analysis and renewal.
 
30-59 Days
Past Due
 
60-89 Days
Past Due
 
90 Days  or
Greater
Past Due
 
Total Past
Due
 
Loans Not
Past Due
 
Total
Purchased impaired loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
One-to-four family residential real estate loans - non-owner occupied
$
327

 
$
—

 
$
53

 
$
380

 
$
—

 
$
380

Multi-family mortgage loans
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

Nonresidential real estate loans
—

 
—

 
1,125

 
1,125

 
1,443

 
2,568

Construction loans
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

Land loans
—

 
—

 
1,021

 
1,021

 
—

 
1,021

Commercial loans – secured
—

 
—

 
20

 
20

 
—

 
20

Commercial loans – unsecured
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

Total
$
327

 
$
—

 
$
2,219

 
$
2,546

 
$
1,443

 
$
3,989



70
Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
NOTE 4 – LOANS RECEIVABLE (continued)

The following tables presents the aging of the recorded investment in past due loans as December 31, 2011 by class of loans:
 
30-59 Days
Past Due
 
60-89 Days
Past Due
 
Greater than
90 Days Past
Due
 
Total Past
Due
 
Loans Not
Past Due
 
Total
One-to-four family residential real estate loans
$
2,259

 
$
599

 
$
5,640

 
$
8,498

 
$
182,895

 
$
191,393

One-to-four family residential real estate loans - non-owner occupied
2,307

 
119

 
2,830

 
5,256

 
71,107

 
76,363

Multi-family mortgage loans
6,002

 
4,158

 
12,575

 
22,735

 
328,154

 
350,889

Wholesale commercial lending
785

 
—

 
—

 
785

 
67,051

 
67,836

Nonresidential real estate loans
3,381

 
6,183

 
17,019

 
26,583

 
279,415

 
305,998

Construction loans
—

 
520

 
—

 
520

 
1,336

 
1,856

Land loans
5,409

 
1,152

 
434

 
6,995

 
6,273

 
13,268

Commercial loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

Secured
17

 
—

 
2,867

 
2,884

 
26,193

 
29,077

Unsecured
435

 
3

 
54

 
492

 
9,387

 
9,879

Municipal loans
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
6,471

 
6,471

Warehouse lines
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
9,862

 
9,862

Health care
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
29,510

 
29,510

Other
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
8,425

 
8,425

Commercial leases:
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

Investment rated commercial leases
294

 
—

 
—

 
294

 
84,378

 
84,672

Below investment grade
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
6,263

 
6,263

Non-rated
290

 
—

 
22

 
312

 
37,053

 
37,365

Lease pools
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
7,823

 
7,823

Consumer loans
8

 
—

 
—

 
8

 
2,152

 
2,160

Total
$
21,187

(1)
$
12,734

(1)
$
41,441

 
$
75,362

 
$
1,163,748

 
$
1,239,110

(1)
46% of the combined 30–89 days past due loans have matured and are in the process of analysis and renewal.

 
30-59 Days
Past Due
 
60-89 Days
Past Due
 
90 Days  or
Greater
Past Due
 
Total Past
Due
 
Loans Not
Past Due
 
Total
Purchased impaired loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
One-to-four family residential real estate loans - non-owner occupied
$
—

 
$
—

 
$
2,835

 
$
2,835


$
1,087

 
$
3,922

Multi-family mortgage loans
—

 
—

 
1,418

 
1,418


—

 
1,418

Nonresidential real estate loans
996

 
—

 
1,681

 
2,677


688

 
3,365

Construction loans
—

 
—

 
813

 
813


—

 
813

Land loans
—

 
—

 
3,578

 
3,578


369

 
3,947

Commercial loans – secured
—

 
—

 
807

 
807


162

 
969

Commercial loans – unsecured
—

 
—

 
34

 
34


—

 
34

Total
$
996

 
$
—

 
$
11,166

 
$
12,162

 
$
2,306

 
$
14,468




71
Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
NOTE 4 – LOANS RECEIVABLE (continued)

Troubled Debt Restructurings
The Company evaluates loan extensions or modifications in accordance with FASB ASC 310–40 with respect to the classification of the loan as a TDR. In general, if the Company grants a loan extension or modification to a borrower for other than an insignificant period of time that includes a below–market interest rate, principal forgiveness, payment forbearance or other concession intended to minimize the economic loss to the Company, the loan extension or loan modification is classified as a TDR. In cases where borrowers are granted new terms that provide for a reduction of either interest or principal then due and payable, management measures any impairment on the restructured loan in the same manner as for impaired loans as noted above.
The Company had $11.2 million of TDRs at December 31, 2012 , compared to $18.1 million at December 31, 2011 , with $318,000 and $1.2 million in specific valuation reserves allocated at December 31, 2012 and 2011 , respectively. The Company had no outstanding commitments to borrowers whose loans are classified as TDRs.
The following table presents loans classified as TDRs:
 
December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
One-to-four family residential real estate
$
2,802

 
$
5,619

Multi-family mortgage
1,201

 
5,783

Nonresidential real estate
5,189

 
2,220

Commercial loans – secured
—

 
238

Troubled debt restructured loans – accrual loans
9,192

 
13,860

One-to-four family residential real estate
767

 
556

Multi-family mortgage
938

 
717

Nonresidential real estate
270

 
2,960

Consumer loans
—

 
3

Troubled debt restructured loans – nonaccrual loans
1,975

 
4,236

Total troubled debt restructured loans
$
11,167

 
$
18,096

During the years ending December 31, 2012 and 2011 , the terms of certain loans were modified and classified as TDRs. The modification of the terms of such loans included one or a combination of the following: a reduction of the stated interest rate of the loan; an extension of the maturity date at a stated rate of interest lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk; or a permanent reduction of the recorded investment in the loan.
The following tables present TDRs that occurred during the year:
 
For the years ended December 31,
 
2012
 
2011

Number
of loans
 
Pre-
Modification
outstanding
recorded
investment
 
Post-
Modification
outstanding
recorded
investment
 
Number
of loans
 
Pre-
Modification
outstanding
recorded
investment
 
Post-
Modification
outstanding
recorded
investment
One-to-four family residential real estate
24

 
$
2,091

 
$
2,091

 
28

 
$
2,863

 
$
2,535

One-to-four family residential real estate - non-owner occupied
—

 
—

 
—

 
3

 
9,178

 
7,550

Multi-family mortgage
1

 
700

 
503

 
4

 
2,091

 
2,070

Wholesale commercial lending
—

 
—

 
—

 
1

 
2,762

 
2,762

Nonresidential real estate
7

 
7,147

 
5,062

 
3

 
1,283

 
1,033

Commercial loans - secured
—

 
—

 
—

 
3

 
277

 
238

Consumer loans
—

 
—

 
—

 
1

 
3

 
3

Total
32

 
$
9,938

 
$
7,656

 
43

 
$
18,457

 
$
16,191



72
Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
NOTE 4 – LOANS RECEIVABLE (continued)

 
Due to
reduction in
interest rate
 
Due to
extension of
maturity date
 
Due to
permanent
reduction in
recorded
investment
 
Total
For the year ended December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
One-to-four family residential real estate
$
508

 
$
1,583

 
$
—

 
$
2,091

Multi-family mortgage
—

 
—

 
503

 
503

Nonresidential real estate
—

 
—

 
5,062

 
5,062

Total
$
508

 
$
1,583

 
$
5,565

 
$
7,656

For the year ended December 31, 2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
One-to-four family residential real estate
$
110

 
$
2,394

 
$
30

 
$
2,534

One-to-four family residential real estate - non-owner occupied
—

 
1,556

 
5,994

 
7,550

Multi-family mortgage
2,070

 
—

 
—

 
2,070

Wholesale commercial lending
—

 
—

 
2,763

 
2,763

Nonresidential real estate
—

 
—

 
1,033

 
1,033

Commercial loans - secured
—

 
238

 
—

 
238

Consumer loans
—

 
—

 
3

 
3

Total
$
2,180

 
$
4,188

 
$
9,823

 
$
16,191

The TDRs described above decreased interest income by $9,000 and $113,000 , increased the allowance for loan losses by $62,000 and $802,000 and resulted in charge offs of $2.0 million and $1.7 million during the years ending December 31, 2012 and 2011 , respectively.
The following table presents TDRs for which there was a payment default within twelve months following the modification during the years ending December 31, 2012 and 2011 :
 
2012
 
2011
 
Number
of loans
 
Recorded
investment
 
Number
of loans
 
Recorded
investment
One-to-four family residential real estate
5

 
$
864

 
2

 
$
4,004

Nonresidential real estate
4

 
3,308

 
2

 
1,635

Total
9

 
$
4,172

 
4

 
$
5,639

A loan is considered to be in payment default once it is 90 days contractually past due under the modified terms.
The TDRs that subsequently defaulted described above had no material impact on the allowance for loans losses during the years ending December 31, 2012 and 2011 .
The terms of certain other loans were modified during the year ending December 31, 2012 that did not meet the definition of a TDR. These loans have a total recorded investment of $1.4 million and $7.6 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011 . The modification of these loans involved either a modification of the terms of a loan to borrowers who were not experiencing financial difficulties or a delay in a payment that was considered to be insignificant.
In order to determine whether a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, an evaluation is performed of the probability that the borrower will be in payment default on any of its debt in the foreseeable future without the modification. This evaluation is performed under the Company’s internal underwriting policy.
Credit Quality Indicators:
The Company categorizes loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt, including current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information, and current economic trends, among other factors. The Company analyzes loans individually by classifying the loans based on credit risk.


73
Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
NOTE 4 – LOANS RECEIVABLE (continued)

This analysis includes non-homogeneous loans, such as commercial and commercial real estate loans. This analysis is performed on a monthly basis. The Company uses the following definitions for risk ratings:
Special Mention. A Special Mention asset has potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the asset or in the institution’s credit position at some future date. Special Mention assets are not adversely classified and do not expose an institution to sufficient risk to warrant adverse classification.
Substandard. Loans categorized as substandard continue to accrue interest, but exhibit a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that may jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. The loans continue to accrue interest because they are well secured and collection of principal and interest is expected within a reasonable time. The risk rating guidance published by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency clarifies that a loan with a well-defined weakness does not have to present a probability of default for the loan to be rated Substandard, and that an individual loan’s loss potential does not have to be distinct for the loan to be rated Substandard.
Nonaccrual. An asset classified Nonaccrual has all the weaknesses inherent in one classified substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable. The loans were placed on nonaccrual status.
Loans not meeting the criteria above that are analyzed individually as part of the above described process are considered “Pass” rated loans.
As of December 31, 2012 , and based on the most recent analysis performed, the risk category of loans by class of loans is as follows:
 
Pass
 
Special
Mention
 
Substandard
 
Nonaccrual
 
Total
One-to-four family residential real estate loans
$
152,711

 
$
—

 
$
1,428

 
$
6,158

 
$
160,297

One-to-four family residential real estate loans non-owner occupied
51,849

 
1,486

 
3,440

 
1,524

 
58,299

Multi-family mortgage loans
275,338

 
6,139

 
21,128

 
3,559

 
306,164

Wholesale commercial lending
44,074

 
—

 
1,781

 
—

 
45,855

Nonresidential real estate loans
199,802

 
30,898

 
22,345

 
11,627

 
264,672

Construction loans
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
—

Land loans
2,769

 
158

 
2,394

 
3,231

 
8,552

Commercial loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Secured
19,579

 
2,418

 
988

 
225

 
23,210

Unsecured
4,061

 
323

 
1,497

 
52

 
5,933

Municipal loans
4,751

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
4,751

Warehouse lines
2,971

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
2,971

Health care
17,566

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
17,566

Other
6,957

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
6,957

Commercial leases:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Investment rated commercial leases
102,101

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
102,101

Below investment grade
9,205

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
9,205

Non-rated
25,466

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
25,466

Lease pools
3,011

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
3,011

Consumer loans
2,742

 
—

 
3

 
—

 
2,745

Total
$
924,953

 
$
41,422

 
$
55,004

 
$
26,376

 
$
1,047,755

 


74
Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
NOTE 4 – LOANS RECEIVABLE (continued)

As of December 31, 2011 , and based on the most recent analysis performed, the risk category of loans by class of loans is as follows:
 
 
Pass
 
Special
Mention
 
Substandard
 
Nonaccrual
 
Total
One-to-four family residential real estate loans
 
$
184,268

 
$
51

 
$
906

 
$
6,202

 
$
191,427

One-to-four family residential real estate loans non-owner occupied
 
68,513

 
—

 
3,845

 
8,247

 
80,605

Multi-family mortgage loans
 
326,292

 
6,021

 
7,473

 
16,030

 
355,816

Wholesale commercial lending
 
65,037

 
—

 
2,762

 
—

 
67,799

Nonresidential real estate loans
 
239,254

 
18,659

 
20,219

 
33,509

 
311,641

Construction loans
 
969

 
363

 
511

 
813

 
2,656

Land loans
 
7,662

 
—

 
2,320

 
7,214

 
17,196

Commercial loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
—

Secured
 
25,089

 
415

 
443

 
4,070

 
30,017

Unsecured
 
6,779

 
38

 
2,968

 
88

 
9,873

Municipal loans
 
6,381

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
6,381

Warehouse lines
 
9,830

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
9,830

Health care
 
28,060

 
1,376

 
—

 
—

 
29,436

Other
 
8,395

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
8,395

Commercial leases:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
—

Investment rated commercial leases
 
83,947

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
83,947

Below investment grade
 
6,209

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
6,209

Non-rated
 
37,026

 
—

 
—

 
22

 
37,048

Lease pools
 
7,786

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
7,786

Consumer loans
 
2,144

 
—

 
—

 
3

 
2,147

Total
 
$
1,113,641

 
$
26,923

 
$
41,447

 
$
76,198

 
$
1,258,209

NOTE 5 – SECONDARY MORTGAGE MARKET ACTIVITIES
First mortgage loans serviced for others are not included in the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition. The unpaid principal balances of these loans were $186.8 million , $206.1 million , and $220.9 million at December 31, 2012 , 2011 , and 2010 , respectively. Custodial escrow balances maintained in connection with the foregoing loan servicing activities were $4.9 million , $5.8 million , and $6.9 million at December 31, 2012 , 2011 , and 2010 , respectively.


75
Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 5 – SECONDARY MORTGAGE MARKET ACTIVITIES (continued)

Capitalized mortgage servicing rights are included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition. Activity for capitalized mortgage servicing rights and the related valuation allowance was as follows.
 
2012
 
2011
Servicing rights
 
 
 
Beginning of year
$
1,219

 
$
1,349

Additions
136

 
122

Amortized to expense
(265
)
 
(252
)
End of year
$
1,090

 
$
1,219

Valuation allowance
 
 
 
Beginning of year
$
15

 
$
—

Additions expensed
61

 
32

Reductions credited to expense
(6
)
 
(17
)
End of year
$
70

 
$
15

Carrying value of mortgage servicing rights
$
1,020

 
$
1,204

Fair value of mortgage servicing rights
$
1,340

 
$
1,481

The estimated fair value of mortgage servicing rights is the present value of the expected future cash flows over the projected life of the loan. Assumptions used in the present value calculation are based on actual performance of the underlying servicing along with general market consensus. The expected cash flow is the net amount of all mortgage servicing income and expense items. The expected cash flows are discounted at an interest rate appropriate for the associated risk given the current market conditions. Significant assumptions are as follows:
 
2012
 
2011
Prepayment speed
15.86
%
 
17.45
%
Discount rate
12.00
%
 
12.00
%
Average servicing cost per loan
$72.00
 
$62.00
Escrow float rate
0.86
%
 
0.90
%
Key economic assumptions used in measuring the fair value of the Company’s mortgage servicing rights as of December 31, 2012 and the effect on the fair value of our mortgage servicing rights from adverse changes in those assumptions, are as follows:
Fair value of mortgage servicing rights
$
1,340

Weighted average annual prepayment speed
15.86
%
Decrease in fair value from 10% adverse change
(244
)
Decrease in fair value from 20% adverse change
(270
)
Weighted-average annual discount rate
12.00
%
Decrease in fair value from 10% adverse change
(50
)
Decrease in fair value from 20% adverse change
(98
)
These sensitivities are hypothetical and should be used with caution. As the above table indicates, changes in fair value based on variations in individual assumptions generally cannot be used to predict changes in fair value based upon further variations of the same assumptions. Also, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the retained interest is calculated in the above table independently, without changing any other assumption. In reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another factor, which might magnify or counteract the sensitivities.


76
Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 5 – SECONDARY MORTGAGE MARKET ACTIVITIES (continued)

The weighted average amortization period is 46 months . The estimated amortization expense for each of the next five years is as follows:
2013
$
169

2014
164

2015
143

2016
110

2017
97

NOTE 6 – PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
Year end premises and equipment are as follows:
 
2012
 
2011
Land and land improvements
$
13,605

 
$
13,517

Buildings and improvements
37,777

 
37,178

Furniture and equipment
10,173

 
10,516

Computer equipment
6,396

 
8,211

 
67,951

 
69,422

Accumulated depreciation
(29,700
)
 
(30,267
)
 
$
38,251

 
$
39,155

Depreciation of premises and equipment was $3.1 million , $3.1 million and $3.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 , respectively.
The Company leases certain branch facilities under non-cancelable operating lease agreements expiring in various years through 2032. Rent expense, net of sublease income, for facilities was $444,000 , $601,000 , and $556,000 in 2012 , 2011 , and 2010 , respectively, excluding taxes, insurance, and maintenance. The projected minimum rental expense under existing leases, not including taxes, insurance, and maintenance, as of December 31, 2012 is as follows:
2013
$
492

2014
456

2015
440

2016
445

2017
469

Thereafter
6,117

Total
$
8,419

The Company has subleased some of its branch facilities and currently is entitled to receive income as follows:
2013
$
54

2014
30

2015
8

Total
$
92



77
Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
NOTE 7 – GOODWILL AND CORE DEPOSIT INTANGIBLE


The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill and accumulated impairment charge are as follows:
 
 
As of and for the year ended
December 31,
 
 
2011
Balance at the beginning of the year
 
$
22,566

Additions
 
1,296

 
 
23,862

Impairment charge
 
(23,862
)
Net Carrying Value
 
$
—

Goodwill and intangible assets acquired in a purchase business combination and determined to have an indefinite useful life are not amortized, but instead tested for impairment at least annually. Due to high levels of volatility and dislocation in bank stock prices nationwide during 2011, as well as the Company’s internal evaluation process, the Company engaged an independent valuation firm to determine the implied fair value of the Bank. The implied fair value of the Bank was estimated using weighted averages based on a price to tangible book value discount derived from the quoted market trading prices for similar institutions plus an estimated control premium and projected, discounted cash flows. Inputs from sales of comparable institutions were not assigned a weighting due to the small size of the group.
Our annual impairment analysis as of December 31, 2011, indicated that the step two analysis was necessary. Step two requires that the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill be compared to the carrying amount of that goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss must be recognized in an amount equal to that excess. As a result of the step two evaluation, it was determined that the implied value of goodwill of the reporting unit was less than the carrying amount, and the Company reduced the full carrying amount of goodwill with a charge to earnings.
Step one of our annual impairment analysis performed in 2010 indicated that there was no goodwill impairment, as the fair value of the reporting unit was determined to exceed the carrying amount.
The following table presents the changes in the carrying amount of core deposit intangible, gross carrying amount, accumulated amortization, and net book value as of December 31:
 
2012
 
2011
Balance at the beginning of the year
$
3,671

 
$
2,700

Amortization
(633
)
 
(1,689
)
Additions
—

 
2,660

Net Carrying Value
$
3,038

 
$
3,671

Gross carrying amount
$
5,932

 
$
5,933

Accumulated amortization
2,894

 
2,262

Net Carrying Value
$
3,038

 
$
3,671

Aggregate amortization expense was $633,000 , $1.7 million and $1.6 million for 2012 , 2011 and 2010 , respectively.
Estimated amortization expense for each of the next five years is as follows:
2013
$
605

2014
578

2015
551

2016
523

2017
496



78
Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
NOTE 8—DEPOSITS


Year-end composition of deposits are as follows:
 
2012
 
2011
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits
$
134,597

 
$
142,084

Savings deposits
144,726

 
144,515

Money market accounts
349,092

 
345,011

Interest-bearing NOW accounts
348,683

 
336,531

Certificates of deposit
305,253

 
364,411

 
$
1,282,351

 
$
1,332,552

Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more were $97.0 million and $119.0 million at year-end 2012 and 2011 , respectively.
Scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit for the next five years are as follows:
2013
$
212,889

2014
64,613

2015
14,887

2016
8,360

2017
4,504

NOTE 9—BORROWINGS
Year end borrowed funds are as follows:
 
2012
 
2011
 
Contractual
Rate
 
Amount
 
Contractual
Rate
 
Amount
Fixed-rate advance from
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FHLBC due:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Within 1 year
2.99
%
 
$
3,000

 
—
%
 
$
—

1 to 2 years
—

 
—

 
2.99

 
3,000

Total FHLBC funds
2.99

 
3,000

 
2.99

 
3,000

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
0.25

 
2,567

 
0.25

 
6,322

Total borrowings
1.73
%
 
$
5,567

 
1.13
%
 
$
9,322

The Company maintains a collateral pledge agreement covering secured advances whereby the Company has agreed to keep on hand, free of all other pledges, liens, and encumbrances, specifically identified whole first mortgages on improved residential property not more than 90-days delinquent to secure advances from the FHLBC. All of the Bank’s FHLBC common stock is pledged as additional collateral for these advances. At December 31, 2012 , $207.2 million and $252.9 million of first mortgage and multi-family mortgage loans, respectively, collateralized the advances. At December 31, 2012 , we had the ability to borrow an additional $261.5 million under our credit facilities with the FHLBC. The Company also had available pre-approved overnight federal funds borrowing. At December 31, 2012 and 2011 , there was no outstanding balance on these lines.
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are secured by mortgage-backed securities with a carrying amount of $9.4 million at year-end 2012 .


79
Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
NOTE 10 – INCOME TAXES


The income tax expense (benefit) is as follows:
 
For the years ended December  31,        
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Current benefit
$
—

 
$
(6
)
 
$
(5
)
Deferred benefit
(11,206
)
 
(10,220
)
 
(2,742
)
Deferred tax valuation allowance
11,206

 
22,601

 
—

Total income tax expense (benefit)
$
—

 
$
12,375

 
$
(2,747
)
A reconciliation of the provision for income taxes computed at the statutory federal corporate tax rate of 34% for 2012 , 2011 and 2010 to the income tax expense in the consolidated statements of operations follows:
 
For the years ended December  31,        
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Benefit computed at the statutory federal tax rate
$
(9,217
)

$
(12,349
)
 
$
(2,398
)
State taxes and other, net
(1,757
)

(1,395
)
 
(491
)
Bank owned life insurance
(149
)

(213
)
 
(146
)
ESOP/Share based compensation
(83
)

(144
)
 
288

Goodwill impairment
—

  
4,271

 
—

Purchase price accounting adjustments
—


(396
)
 
—

Deferred tax valuation allowance
11,206

  
22,601

 
—

 
$
—

  
$
12,375

 
$
(2,747
)
Effective income tax rate
—
%
 
N.M.

(1
)
38.94
%
Retained earnings at December 31, 2012 and 2011 include $14.9 million for which no deferred federal income tax liability has been recorded. This amount represents an allocation of income to bad debt deductions for tax purposes alone.
 (1)
The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2011 is not meaningful due to the size of our operating loss relative to the income expense resulting from the deferred tax valuation allowance.


80

Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
  NOTE 10 – INCOME TAXES (continued)

The net deferred tax asset is as follows:
 
2012
 
2011
Gross Deferred tax assets:
 
 
 
Allowance for loan losses
$
7,037

 
$
12,378

Alternative minimum tax, general business credit and net operating loss carryforward
25,040

 
10,495

Tax deductible goodwill
2,425

 
2,719

Non-qualified stock options
—

 
834

OREO write-downs and carrying costs
2,989

 
1,914

Other
1,208

 
606

 
38,699

 
28,946

Gross Deferred tax liabilities:
 
 
 
Net deferred loan origination costs
(1,164
)
 
(1,265
)
FHLBC stock dividends
—

 
(1,840
)
Purchase accounting adjustments
(1,423
)
 
(488
)
Accumulated depreciation
(465
)
 
(858
)
Mortgage servicing rights
(398
)
 
(470
)
Other
(739
)
 
(740
)
Unrealized gain on securities
(703
)
 
(684
)
 
(4,892
)
 
(6,345
)
Valuation allowance
(33,807
)
 
(22,601
)
Net deferred tax asset
$
—

 
$
—

A deferred tax asset valuation allowance is required to be recognized if it is “more likely than not” that the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The determination of the realizability of the deferred tax assets is highly subjective and dependent upon judgment concerning management’s evaluation of both positive and negative evidence, the forecasts of future taxable income, applicable tax planning strategies, and assessments of current and future economic and business conditions. The Company considered both positive and negative evidence regarding the ultimate realizability of its deferred tax assets. Examples of positive evidence may include the existence, if any, of taxes paid in available carry-back years and the likelihood that taxable income will be generated in future periods. Examples of negative evidence may include a cumulative loss in the current year and prior two years and negative general business and economic trends. In assessing the realization of deferred tax assets at December 31, 2012 and 2011 , the Company concluded that it was more likely than not that the Company will not realize the benefits of these deductible differences at December 31, 2012 and 2011 , and therefore, a full valuation allowance for deferred tax assets was recorded in the amount of $33.8 million and $22.6 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011 , respectively.
At December 31, 2012 , the Company had a federal net operating loss carryforward of $46.4 million , which will begin to expire in 2029, a federal tax credit carryforward of $1.2 million which will begin to expire in 2022, a $2.3 million alternative minimum tax credit carryforward that can be carried forward indefinitely, and a $39.8 million federal alternative minimum tax net operating loss carryforward which will begin to expire in 2031. In addition, at December 31, 2012 the Company had a federal net operating loss carryforward relating to its acquisition of Downers Grove National Bank, which is subject to utilization limitations under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, of $17.6 million which will begin to expire in 2030. At December 31, 2012 , the Company had a state net operating loss carryforward for the State of Illinois of $93.8 million , which will begin to expire in 2025.


81

Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
  NOTE 10 – INCOME TAXES (continued)

Unrecognized Tax Benefits
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
 
2012
 
2011
Beginning of year
$
223

 
$
176

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
—

 
51

Additions for tax positions of prior years
18

 
22

Reductions due to the statute of limitations
(116
)
 
(26
)
End of year
$
125

 
$
223

The Company does not expect the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits to significantly increase or decrease in the next twelve months. The Company recognizes interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. At December 31, 2012 and 2011 , the Company has immaterial amounts accrued for potential interest and penalties.
The Company and its subsidiary are subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax of the State of Illinois. The Company is no longer subject to examination by the federal taxing authorities for years before 2009 and the Illinois taxing authorities for years before 2010 . Beginning in 2010 and 2009 , the Bank became subject to income taxes in the States of Colorado and New Jersey, respectively, due to the physical presence of regional National Commercial Leasing bankers in these jurisdictions.
NOTE 11– REGULATORY MATTERS
The Bank is subject to regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory—and possibly additional discretionary—actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Bank’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.
The applicable banking regulations provide five capitalization classifications, including well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized, although these terms are not used to represent overall financial condition. If only adequately capitalized, regulatory approval is required to accept brokered deposits. If undercapitalized, capital distributions, asset growth and expansion are limited, and the submission of a capital restoration is required.  
Actual capital levels and minimum required levels for the Bank were:
 
Actual
 
Minimum required To Be Well
Capitalized Under Prompt
Corrective Action Provisions
 
Minimum Capital Ratios Established under Capital Plans
 
Amount
 
Ratio
 
Amount
 
Ratio
 
Amount
 
Ratio
December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)
$
154,296

 
15.32
%
 
$
80,553

 
8.00
%
 
$
120,830

 
12.00
%
Tier 1 (core) capital (to risk-weighted assets)
141,629

 
14.07

 
40,277

 
4.00

 
80,553

 
8.00

Tier 1 (core) capital (to adjusted average total assets)
141,629

 
9.60

 
59,029

 
4.00

 
118,058

 
8.00

December 31, 2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)
$
182,074

 
14.72
%
 
$
98,975

 
8.00
%
 
$
148,462

 
12.00
%
Tier 1 (core) capital (to risk-weighted assets)
166,406

 
13.45

 
49,487

 
4.00

 
98,975

 
8.00

Tier 1 (core) capital (to adjusted average total assets)
166,406

 
10.48

 
63,502

 
4.00

 
127,003

 
8.00



82

Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 11 – REGULATORY MATTERS (continued)

A reconciliation of the Bank’s equity under GAAP to regulatory capital is as follows:
 
2012
 
2011
GAAP equity
$
145,785

 
$
171,188

Disallowed goodwill and other intangible assets
(3,038
)
 
(3,671
)
Accumulated gain on securities
(1,118
)
 
(1,111
)
Tier 1 capital
141,629

 
166,406

General regulatory loan loss reserves allowed
12,654

 
15,668

Unrealized gains on securities available for sale allowed
13

 
—

Total regulatory capital
$
154,296

 
$
182,074

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011 , the OCC categorized the Bank as well–capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. There are no conditions or events since those notifications that management believes have changed the institution’s well–capitalized status.
The Company and the Bank have adopted Capital Plans that requires the Bank to maintain a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 8% and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 12%. The minimum capital ratios set forth in the Capital Plans will be increased and other minimum capital requirements will be established if and as necessary to comply with the Basel III requirements as such requirements become applicable to the Company and the Bank. In accordance with the Capital Plans, neither the Company nor the Bank will pursue any acquisition or growth opportunity, declare any dividend or conduct any stock repurchase that would cause the Bank’s total risk-based capital ratio and/or its Tier 1 leverage ratio to fall below the established minimum capital levels. In addition, the Company will continue to maintain its ability to serve as a source of financial strength to the Bank by holding at least $5.0 million of cash or liquid assets for that purpose.
Federal regulations require the Bank to comply with a Qualified Thrift Lender (“QTL”) test, which generally requires that 65% of assets be maintained in housing-related finance and other specified assets. If the QTL test is not met, limits are placed on growth, branching, new investment, FHLBC advances, and dividends or the institution must convert to a commercial bank charter. Management considers the QTL test to have been met as of December 31, 2012 .
The Bank is subject to restrictions on the amount of dividends it may declare and pay to the Company without prior regulatory approval. At December 31, 2012 , the Bank does not have pre-approved approval for future dividends.
NOTE 12 – EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
Employee Stock Ownership Plan . Employees are eligible to participate in the ESOP after attainment of age 21 and completion of one year of service. In connection with the conversion and reorganization, the ESOP borrowed $19.6 million from the Company, and used the proceeds of the loan to purchase 1,957,300 shares of common stock issued in the subscription offering at $10.00 per share. The loan is secured by the shares and will be repaid by the ESOP with funds from the Bank’s discretionary contributions to the ESOP and earnings on ESOP assets. The Bank has committed to make discretionary contributions to the ESOP sufficient to service the loan over a period not to exceed 20 years . When loan payments are made, ESOP shares are allocated to participants based on relative compensation and expense is recorded. Participants receive their earned shares at the end of employment.
Contributions to the ESOP were $1.5 million for the years ended 2012 and 2011 , including dividends and interest received on unallocated shares of $40,000 and $312,000 in 2012 and 2011 , respectively.
Expense related to the ESOP, net of dividends and interest received on unallocated ESOP shares, was $686,000 , $228,000 and $529,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 , respectively.


83

Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 12 – EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (continued)

Shares held by the ESOP were as follows:
 
2012
 
2011
Allocated to participants
654,690

 
636,123

Distributed to participants
(26,774
)
 
(79,298
)
Unearned
1,223,312

 
1,321,177

Total ESOP shares
1,851,228

 
1,878,002

Fair value of unearned shares
$
13,736

 
$
7,293

Profit Sharing Plan/401(k) Plan . The Company has a defined contribution plan (“profit sharing plan”) covering all of its eligible employees. Employees are eligible to participate in the profit sharing plan after attainment of age 21 and completion of one year of service. The Company provides a match of $ 0.50 on each $1.00 of contribution up to 6% of eligible compensation beginning April 1, 2007. The Company may also contribute an additional amount annually at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Contributions totaling $384,000 , $396,000 , and $389,000 were made for the years ended 2012 , 2011 , and 2010 , respectively.
NOTE 13 – EQUITY INCENTIVE PLANS
On June 27, 2006, the Company’s stockholders approved the BankFinancial Corporation 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, which authorized the Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company to grant a variety of cash- and equity-based incentive awards, including stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, performance shares and other incentive awards, to employees and directors aggregating up to 3,425,275 shares of the Company’s common stock.  
The Human Resources Committee may grant stock options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock to certain employees and directors of the Company. The exercise price for the stock options is the fair market value of the common stock on the dates of the grants. The stock options generally vest annually over 3 to 5 year periods; vesting is subject to acceleration in certain circumstances. The stock options will expire if not exercised within 5 years from the date of grant.
The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using a closed form option valuation (Black-Scholes) model that uses the assumptions noted in the table below. The risk-free interest rate was determined using the yield available on the option grant date for a zero-coupon U.S. Treasury security with a term equivalent to the expected life of the option. The expected life for options granted represents the period the option is expected to be outstanding and was determined by applying the simplified method as allowed by SAB 107. The expected volatility for options issued in 2009 was determined using the Company’s historical data. Estimated forfeitures were assumed to be zero due to the lack of historical experience for the Company. There were no options granted in 2012 or 2011 .
The Company recognized $12,000 and $344,000 of stock-based compensation expenses relating to the granting of stock options for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 , respectively. There was no expense recorded for the year end December 31, 2012 .
On September 2, 2011, the Human Resources Committee and the Board of Directors of the Company approved a one year extension of stock options granted in prior years that were scheduled to expire in September and December of 2011. After the extensions, the stock options expired in September and December of 2012. The extensions only involved the expiration date of the stock options and do not affect their other terms. There was no expense recorded with the extension of the options. The extended stock options provided the holders with an option to purchase 1,858,403 shares of the Company’s common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $16.62 .   As of December 31, 2012 , there were no stock options outstanding.


84
Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 13 – EQUITY INCENTIVE PLANS (continued)


Stock Options
Number of
Shares
 
Weighted Average
Exercise Price
 
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(in years)
 
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value (1)
Stock options outstanding at December 31, 2010
2,283,553

 
$
16.52

 
0.8
 
$
—

Stock options granted
—

 
—

 
 
 
 
Stock options exercised
—

 
—

 
 
 
 
Stock options expired
(208,000
)
 
(16.33
)
 
 
 
 
Stock options forfeited
—

 
—

 
 
 
 
Stock options outstanding at December 31, 2011
2,075,553

 
$
16.54

 
0.7
 
$
—

Stock options granted
—

 
—

 
 
 
 
Stock options exercised
—

 
—

 
 
 
 
Stock options expired
(2,064,553
)
 
(16.54
)
 
 
 
 
Stock options forfeited
(11,000
)
 
—

 
 
 
 
Stock options outstanding at December 31, 2012
—

 
$
—

 
0
 
$
—

Stock options exercisable at December 31, 2012
—

 
$
—

 
0
 
$
—

Fully vested and expected to vest
—

 
$
—

 
0
 
$
—

 
(1)
Stock option aggregate intrinsic value represents the number of shares subject to options multiplied by the difference (if positive) in the closing market price of the common stock underlying the options on the date shown and the weighted average exercise price.
The Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors may grant shares of restricted stock to certain employees and directors of the Company. The awards generally vest annually over varying periods from three to five years and vesting is subject to acceleration in certain circumstances. The cost of such awards will be accrued ratably as compensation expense over such respective periods based on expected vesting dates. The Company recognized $41,000 , $41,000 , and $1.8 million of expenses relating to the grant of shares of restricted stock during the years ended December 31, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 , respectively. As of December 31, 2012 , there was no unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested shares of restricted stock.
Restricted Stock
Number of
Shares (1)
 
Weighted
Average Fair
Value at Grant
Date
 
Weighted
Average
Term to Vest
(in years)
 
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value (2)
Shares outstanding at December 31, 2010
8,667

 
$
9.54

 
1.5
 
$
85

Shares granted
—

 
—

 
 
 
 
Shares vested
(4,333
)
 
(9.54
)
 
 
 
 
Shares forfeited
—

 
—

 
 
 
 
Shares outstanding at December 31, 2011
4,334

 
$
9.54

 
0.5
 
$
24

Shares granted
—

 
—

 
 
 
 
Shares vested
(4,334
)
 
(9.54
)
 
 
 
 
Shares forfeited
—

 
—

 
 
 
 
Shares outstanding at December 31, 2012
—

 
$
—

 
0
 
$
—

(1)
The end of period balances consist only of unvested shares.
(2)
Restricted stock aggregate intrinsic value represents the number of shares of restricted stock multiplied by the market price of the common stock underlying the outstanding shares on the date shown.


85

Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 14 – LOAN COMMITMENTS AND OTHER OFF-BALANCE SHEET ACTIVITIES

The Company is party to various financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk. The Company uses these financial instruments in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of customers and to effectively manage exposure to interest rate risk. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit, unused lines of credit, and commitments to sell loans. When viewed in terms of the maximum exposure, those instruments may involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated statements of financial condition. Credit risk is the possibility that a counterparty to a financial instrument will be unable to perform its contractual obligations. Interest rate risk is the possibility that, due to changes in economic conditions, the Company’s net interest income will be adversely affected.
The following is a summary of the contractual or notional amount of each significant class of off-balance-sheet financial instruments outstanding. The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the counterparty for commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit, and unused lines of credit is represented by the contractual notional amount of these instruments.
The contractual or notional amounts are as follows:
 
2012
 
2011
Financial instruments wherein contractual amounts represent credit risk
 
 
 
Commitments to extend credit
$
15,971

 
$
15,832

Standby letters of credit
1,237

 
1,815

Unused lines of credit
120,733

 
116,460

Commitments to sell mortgages
1,268

 
4,103

Commitments to extend credit are generally made for periods of 60 days or less. The fixed-rate loans commitment totaled $12.0 million with interest rates ranging from 2.88% to 5.63% and maturities ranging from 1 to 30 years.
Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if it is deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customers. The collateral held varies, but primarily consists of single-family residential real estate.
The Bank, as a member of Visa USA, received 51,404 unrestricted shares of Visa, Inc. Class B common stock in connection with Visa, Inc.’s initial public offering in 2007, and 32,398 additional shares of Class B common stock that were deposited into a litigation escrow that Visa, Inc. established under its retrospective responsibility plan. The retroactive responsibility plan obligates all former Visa USA members to indemnify Visa USA, in proportion to their equity interests in Visa USA, for certain litigation losses and expenses, including settlement expenses, for the lawsuits covered by the retrospective responsibility plan. The primary method for discharging the indemnification obligations under the retrospective responsibility plan is a reduction of the ratio at which the Visa, Inc. Class B shares held in the litigation escrow can be converted into publicly traded Class A common shares of Visa, Inc. Due to the restrictions that the retrospective responsibility plan imposes on the Company’s Visa, Inc. Class B shares, the Company has not recorded the Class B shares as an asset.
NOTE 15 – FAIR VALUE
Fair value is the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. There are three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair values:
•
Level 1 – Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.
•
Level 2 – Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.
•
Level 3 – Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a company’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.


86

Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 15 – FAIR VALUE (continued)

The Company used the following methods and significant assumptions to estimate the fair value of each type of financial instrument:
Securities : The fair values of marketable equity securities are generally determined by quoted prices, in active markets, for each specific security (Level 1). If Level 1 measurement inputs are not available for a marketable equity security, we determine its fair value based on the quoted price of a similar security traded in an active market (Level 2). The fair values of debt securities are generally determined by matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique widely used in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities, but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted securities (Level 2).
Loans Held for Sale: Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or fair value, which is evaluated on a pool-level basis. The fair value of loans held for sale is determined using quoted prices for similar assets, adjusted for specific attributes of that loan or other observable market data, such as outstanding commitments from third party investors (Level 2).
Impaired Loans: At the time a loan is considered impaired, management measures impairment in accordance with ASC Topic 310. The fair value of impaired loans is estimated using one of several methods, including collateral value, market value of similar debt, enterprise value, liquidation value and discounted cash flows. Impaired loans carried at fair value generally require a partial charge off and a specific valuation allowance for loan losses. For collateral dependent loans, fair value is commonly based on recent real estate appraisals. These real estate appraisals may include up to three approaches to value: the sales comparison approach, the income approach (for income-producing property) and the cost approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the independent appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available, if applicable. Such adjustments may be significant and typically result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value. In addition, a discount is typically applied to account for sales and holding expenses. Non-real estate collateral may be valued using an appraisal, net book value per the borrower’s financial statements, or aging reports, adjusted or discounted based on management’s historical knowledge, changes in market conditions from the time of the valuation, and management’s expertise and knowledge of the client and client’s business, resulting in a Level 3 fair value classification. Impaired loans are evaluated on a quarterly basis for additional impairment and adjusted accordingly. The method utilized to estimate the fair value of loans does not necessarily represent an exit price.
Other Real Estate Owned: Assets acquired through foreclosure or transfers in lieu of foreclosure are initially recorded at fair value less costs to sell when acquired, establishing a new cost basis. These assets are subsequently accounted for at lower of cost or fair value less estimated costs to sell. Fair value is commonly based on recent real estate appraisals. Although the fair value of the property normally will be based on an appraisal (or other evaluation), the valuation should be consistent with the price that a market participant will pay to purchase the property at the measurement date. Circumstances may exist that indicate that the appraised value is not an accurate measurement of the property's current fair value. Examples of such circumstances include changed economic conditions since the last appraisal, stale appraisals, or imprecision and subjectivity in the appraisal process (i.e., actual sales for less than the appraised amount). Such adjustments are usually significant and typically result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value.
Mortgage Servicing Rights : On a quarterly basis, loan servicing rights are evaluated for impairment based upon the fair value of the rights as compared to carrying amount. The fair values of mortgage servicing rights are based on a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated net servicing income. The valuation model incorporates assumptions that market participants would use in estimating future net servicing income. The Company is able to compare the valuation model inputs and results to widely available published industry data for reasonableness (Level 2).


87

Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 15 – FAIR VALUE (continued)

The following table sets forth the Company’s financial assets that were accounted for at fair value and are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
 
Fair Value Measurements Using
 
 
 
Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
 
Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
Total
December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Certificates of deposit
$
—

 
$
33,456

 
$
—

 
$
33,456

Municipal securities
—

 
369

 
—

 
369

Equity mutual fund
528

 
—

 
—

 
528

Mortgage-backed securities – residential
—

 
34,233

 
—

 
34,233

Collateralized mortgage obligations – residential
—

 
9,204

 
—

 
9,204

SBA-guaranteed loan participation certificates
—

 
42

 
—

 
42

 
$
528

 
$
77,304

 
$
—

 
$
77,832

December 31, 2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Certificates of deposit
$
—

 
$
30,448

 
$
—

 
$
30,448

Municipal securities
—

 
551

 
—

 
551

Equity mutual fund
524

 
—

 
—

 
524

Mortgage-backed securities - residential
—

 
36,076

 
—

 
36,076

Collateralized mortgage obligations – residential
—

 
25,186

 
—

 
25,186

SBA-guaranteed loan participation certificates
—

 
47

 
—

 
47

 
$
524

 
$
92,308

 
$
—

 
$
92,832



88

Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 15 – FAIR VALUE (continued)

The following table sets forth the Company’s assets that were measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis:

Fair Value Measurement Using
 
 

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
 
Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
Fair
Value
December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impaired loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
One–to–four family residential real estate loans
$
—

 
$
—

 
$
410

 
$
410

Multi-family mortgage loans
—

 
—

 
1,932

 
1,932

Nonresidential real estate loans
—

 
—

 
3,110

 
3,110

Construction and land loans
—

 
—

 
2,840

 
2,840

Commercial loans
—

 
—

 
181

 
181

Impaired loans
$
—

 
$
—

 
$
8,473

 
$
8,473

Other real estate owned:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
One–to–four family residential real estate
$
—

 
$
—

 
$
2,080

 
$
2,080

Multi-family mortgage
—

 
—

 
720

 
720

Nonresidential real estate
—

 
—

 
3,966

 
3,966

Land
—

 
—

 
3,592

 
3,592

Other real estate owned
$
—

 
$
—

 
$
10,358

 
$
10,358

Mortgage servicing rights
$
—

 
$
—

 
$
208

 
$
208

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impaired loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
One–to–four family residential real estate loans
$
—

 
$
—

 
$
4,024

 
$
4,024

Multi-family mortgage loans
—

 
—

 
6,285

 
6,285

Nonresidential real estate loans
—

 
—

 
17,239

 
17,239

Construction and land loans
—

 
—

 
2,304

 
2,304

Commercial loans
—

 
—

 
844

 
844

Impaired loans
$
—

 
$
—

 
$
30,696

 
$
30,696

Other real estate owned:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
One–to–four family residential real estate
$
—

 
$
—

 
$
5,655

 
$
5,655

Multi-family mortgage
—

 
—

 
3,655

 
3,655

Nonresidential real estate
—

 
—

 
7,451

 
7,451

Land
—

 
—

 
5,719

 
5,719

Other real estate owned
$
—

 
$
—

 
$
22,480

 
$
22,480

Mortgage servicing rights
$
—

 
$
—

 
$
344

 
$
344

Impaired loans, which are measured for impairment using the fair value of the collateral for collateral–dependent loans, had a carrying amount of $28.4 million , with a valuation allowance of $1.7 million at December 31, 2012 , compared to a carrying amount of $88.3 million and a valuation allowance of $15.0 million at December 31, 2011 , resulting in a decrease in the provision for loan losses of $13.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 .
OREO is carried at the lower of cost or fair value less costs to sell, had a carrying value of $10.4 million at December 31, 2012 , which included valuation adjustments of $5.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 , compared to $22.5 million at December 31, 2011 , which included write-downs of $4.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 .


89

Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 15 – FAIR VALUE (continued)

Mortgage servicing rights, which are carried at lower of cost or fair value, had a carrying amount of $1.0 million at December 31, 2012 , of which $756,000 related to fixed rate loans and $264,000 related to adjustable rate loans. Mortgage servicing rights had a carrying amount of $1.2 million at December 31, 2011 , of which $895,000 related to fixed rate loans and $309,000 related to adjustable rate loans. A pre–tax provision of $55,000 on our mortgage servicing rights portfolio was included in noninterest income for the year ended December 31, 2012 , compared to a $15,000 provision for the same period in 2011 .


90

Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 15 – FAIR VALUE (continued)

The following table presents quantitative information, based on certain empirical data with respect to Level 3 fair value measurements for financial instruments measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis at December 31, 2012 :
 
Fair Value
 
Valuation
Technique(s)
 
Unobservable
Input(s)
 
Range
(Weighted
Average)
Impaired loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
One-to-four family residential real estate loans
$
410

 
Sales comparison
 
Discount applied to valuation
 
6%-90%
(58%)
Multi-family mortgage loans
1,932

 
Sales comparison
 
Comparison between sales and income approaches
 
2%-95%
(42%)
 
 
 
Income approach
 
Cap Rate
 
8.3% to 9.5%
(8.95%)
Nonresidential real estate loans
3,110

 
Sales comparison
 
Comparison between sales and income approaches
 
6%-99%
(61%)
 
 
 
Income approach
 
Cap Rate
 
8%-10.5%
(8.61%)
Construction and land loans
2,840

 
Sales comparison
 
Discount applied to valuation
 
-3%-53%
(22%)
Commercial loans
181

 
Sales comparison
 
Discount applied to valuation
 
0%-11%
(43%)
Impaired loans
$
8,473

 
 
 
 
 
 
Other real estate owned:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
One-to-four family residential real estate
$
2,080

 
Sales comparison
 
Discount applied to valuation
 
7%-78%
(17%)
Multi-family mortgage
720

 
Sales comparison
 
Comparison between sales and income approaches
 
13%-62%
(42%)
Nonresidential real estate
3,966

 
Sales comparison
 
Comparison between sales and income approaches
 
7%-37%
(27%)
Land
3,592

 
Sales comparison
 
Discount applied to valuation
 
7%-21%
(10%)
Other real estate owned
$
10,358

 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage servicing rights
$
208

 
Third party
valuation
 
Present value of future servicing income based on prepayment speeds
 
12.7 % - 28.6%
(18.62%)
 
 
 
Third party
valuation
 
Present value of future servicing income based on default rates
 
12%



91

Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 15 – FAIR VALUE (continued)

The carrying amount and estimated fair value of financial instruments is as follows:
 
 
 
Fair Value Measurements at
 December 31, 2012 Using:
 
 
 
Carrying
Amount
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
Financial assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
275,764

 
$
20,361

 
$
255,403

 
$
—

 
$
275,764

Securities
77,832

 
528

 
77,304

 
—

 
77,832

Loans held-for-sale
2,166

 
—

 
2,166

 
—

 
2,166

Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses
1,030,465

 
—

 
999,578

 
8,473

 
1,008,051

FHLBC stock
8,412

 
—

 
—

 
—

 
N/A

Accrued interest receivable
4,146

 
—

 
4,146

 
—

 
4,146

Financial liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits
$
(134,597
)
 
$
—

 
$
(134,597
)
 
$
—

 
$
(134,597
)
Savings deposits
(144,726
)
 
—

 
(144,726
)
 
—

 
(144,726
)
NOW and money market accounts
(697,775
)
 
—

 
(697,775
)
 
—

 
(697,775
)
Certificates of deposit
(305,253
)
 
—

 
(306,859
)
 
—

 
(306,859
)
Borrowings
(5,567
)
 
—

 
(5,608
)
 
—

 
(5,608
)
Accrued interest payable
(157
)
 
—

 
(157
)
 
—

 
(157
)
 
December 31, 2011
 
Carrying
Amount
 
Estimated
Fair Value
Financial assets
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
120,704

 
$
120,704

Securities
92,832

 
92,832

Loans held-for-sale
1,918

 
1,918

Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses
1,227,391

 
1,217,377

FHLBC stock
16,346

 
N/A

Accrued interest receivable
5,573

 
5,573

Financial liabilities
 
 
 
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits
$
(142,084
)
 
$
(142,084
)
Savings deposits
(144,515
)
 
(144,515
)
NOW and money market accounts
(681,542
)
 
(681,542
)
Certificates of deposit
(364,411
)
 
(365,952
)
Borrowings
(9,322
)
 
(9,412
)
Accrued interest payable
(212
)
 
(212
)
For purposes of the above, the following assumptions were used:
Cash and Cash Equivalents : The estimated fair values for cash and cash equivalents are based on their carrying value due to the short-term nature of these assets.
Loans : The estimated fair value for loans has been determined by calculating the present value of future cash flows based on the current rate the Company would charge for similar loans with similar maturities, applied for an estimated time period until the loan is assumed to be repriced or repaid. The estimated fair values of loans held-for-sale are based on quoted market prices.
FHLBC Stock : It is not practicable to determine the fair value of FHLBC stock due to the restrictions placed on its transferability.
Deposit Liabilities : The estimated fair value for certificates of deposit has been determined by calculating the present value of future cash flows based on estimates of rates the Company would pay on such deposits, applied for the time period until maturity. The estimated fair values of noninterest-bearing demand, NOW, money market, and savings deposits are assumed to approximate


92

Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 15 – FAIR VALUE (continued)

their carrying values as management establishes rates on these deposits at a level that approximates the local market area. Additionally, these deposits can be withdrawn on demand.
Borrowings : The estimated fair values of advances from the FHLBC and notes payable are based on current market rates for similar financing. The estimated fair value of securities sold under agreements to repurchase is assumed to equal its carrying value due to the short-term nature of the liability.
Accrued Interest : The estimated fair values of accrued interest receivable and payable are assumed to equal their carrying value.
Off - Balance-Sheet Instruments : Off-balance-sheet items consist principally of unfunded loan commitments, standby letters of credit, and unused lines of credit. The estimated fair values of unfunded loan commitments, standby letters of credit, and unused lines of credit are not material.
While the above estimates are based on management’s judgment of the most appropriate factors, as of the balance sheet date, there is no assurance that the estimated fair values would have been realized if the assets were disposed of or the liabilities settled at that date, since market values may differ depending on the various circumstances. The estimated fair values would also not apply to subsequent dates.
In addition, other assets and liabilities that are not financial instruments, such as premises and equipment, are not included in the above disclosures.
NOTE 16 – COMPANY ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
  Condensed financial information of BankFinancial Corporation as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 and for the three years ended December 31, 2012 follows:
Condensed Statements of Financial Condition
 
2012
 
2011
Assets
 
 
 
Cash in subsidiary
$
11,848

 
$
11,948

Loan receivable from ESOP
14,654

 
15,527

Investment in subsidiary
145,785

 
171,416

Income tax receivable
461

 
1,696

Other assets
163

 
71

Total assets
$
172,911

 
$
200,658

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
 
 
 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
21

 
801

Total stockholders’ equity
172,890

 
199,857

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
172,911

 
$
200,658

Condensed Statements of Operations
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Interest income
$
662

 
$
696

 
$
730

Other income
57

 
—

 
—

Other expense
1,422

 
1,381

 
1,343

Loss before income tax and undistributed subsidiary income
(703
)
 
(685
)
 
(613
)
Income tax expense (benefit)
—

 
254

 
(232
)
Loss before equity in undistributed subsidiary income
(703
)
 
(939
)
 
(381
)
Equity in undistributed subsidiary excess distributions
(26,406
)
 
(47,757
)
 
(3,926
)
Net loss
$
(27,109
)
 
$
(48,696
)
 
$
(4,307
)


93

Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 16 – COMPANY ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION (continued)

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Cash flows from operating activities
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss
$
(27,109
)
 
$
(48,696
)
 
$
(4,307
)
Adjustments:
 
 
 
 
 
Equity in undistributed subsidiary excess distributions
26,406

 
47,757

 
3,926

Change in other assets
1,143

 
350

 
9,752

Change in accrued expenses and other liabilities
(780
)
 
(89
)
 
(10,439
)
Net cash from operating activities
(340
)
 
(678
)
 
(1,068
)
Cash flows from investing activities
 
 
 
 
 
Principal payments received on ESOP loan
873

 
840

 
805

Net cash from investing activities
873

 
840

 
805

Cash flows from financing activities
 
 
 
 
 
Repurchase and retirement of common stock
—

 
—

 
(3,124
)
Cash dividends paid on common stock
(633
)
 
(4,636
)
 
(5,946
)
Net cash from financing activities
(633
)
 
(4,636
)
 
(9,070
)
Net change in cash in subsidiary
(100
)
 
(4,474
)
 
(9,333
)
Beginning cash in subsidiary
11,948

 
16,422

 
25,755

Ending cash in subsidiary
$
11,848

 
$
11,948

 
$
16,422

NOTE 17 – SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (unaudited)
 
Year Ended December 31, 2012
 
First
Quarter
 
Second
Quarter
 
Third
Quarter
 
Fourth
Quarter
Interest income
$
16,634

 
$
15,824

 
$
14,468

 
$
13,801

Interest expense
1,240

 
1,112

 
1,036

 
1,059

Net interest income
15,394

 
14,712

 
13,432

 
12,742

Provision for loan losses
996

 
1,745

 
4,453

 
24,328

Net interest income
14,398

 
12,967

 
8,979

 
(11,586
)
Noninterest income
1,832

 
1,418

 
1,831

 
1,771

Noninterest expense
13,436

 
14,044

 
16,032

 
15,207

Income (loss) before income taxes
2,794

 
341

 
(5,222
)
 
(25,022
)
Income tax expense (benefit)
457

 
(457
)
 
—

 
—

Net income (loss)
$
2,337

 
$
798

 
$
(5,222
)
 
$
(25,022
)
Basic earnings (loss) per common share
$
0.12

 
$
0.04

 
$
(0.26
)
 
$
(1.25
)
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share
$
0.12

 
$
0.04

 
$
(0.26
)
 
$
(1.25
)
The Company recorded a net loss of $25.0 million for the fourth quarter of 2012. The Company’s fourth quarter 2012 operating results included a $24.3 million provision for loans losses. In late 2012, the Company completed several actions to materially reduce future nonperforming asset expenses. The Company completed two bulk sales of certain nonperforming assets with a carrying value of $22.7 million , reclassified $7.5 million of loans as held-for-sale in preparation for a third bulk sale, and restructured $7.1 million of performing classified loans to enable the basis for their classification to be resolved in 2013. These actions resulted in pre-tax charges of $19.4 million . Noninterest expense included $3.6 million of nonperforming asset management and OREO expense.


94

Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 17 – SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (unaudited) (continued)

 
Year Ended December 31, 2011
 
First
Quarter
 
Second
Quarter
 
Third
Quarter
 
Fourth
Quarter
Interest income
$
15,348

 
$
19,000

 
$
17,990

 
$
17,370

Interest expense
1,996

 
1,910

 
1,629

 
1,380

Net interest income
13,352

 
17,090

 
16,361

 
15,990

Provision for loan losses
2,424

 
3,175

 
7,384

 
9,740

Net interest income
10,928

 
13,915

 
8,977

 
6,250

Noninterest income
1,571

 
1,879

 
1,863

 
2,004

Noninterest expense
14,255

 
14,623

 
14,637

 
40,193

Income (loss) before income taxes
(1,756
)
 
1,171

 
(3,797
)
 
(31,939
)
Income tax expense (benefit)
(979
)
 
145

 
(1,901
)
 
15,110

Net income (loss)
$
(777
)
 
$
1,026

 
$
(1,896
)
 
$
(47,049
)
Basic earnings (loss) per common share
$
(0.04
)
 
$
0.05

 
$
(0.10
)
 
$
(2.38
)
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share
$
(0.04
)
 
$
0.05

 
$
(0.10
)
 
$
(2.38
)
The Company recorded a net loss of $47.0 million for the fourth quarter of 2011. The Company's fourth quarter 2011 operating results included a full impairment of the goodwill of $23.9 million , a full deferred tax valuation allowance of $22.6 million , a $9.7 million provision for loan losses and $4.9 million recorded in nonperforming asset expense and operations of other real estate owned.
NOTE 18 – ACQUISITIONS
The Company completed its acquisition of DG Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiary, Downers Grove National Bank, on March 18, 2011 and results for Downers Grove National Bank have been included in the Company’s operations from that date. The Company accounted for the acquisition using the acquisition method. The Company recorded merger and acquisition expenses of $1.4 million for this transaction. The acquisition method also requires an acquirer to recognize the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed at their fair values as of the acquisition date. The excess cost over fair value of net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill.
The Company expects its acquisition of Downers Grove National Bank to result in several benefits, including increased earnings and higher returns on stockholders’ equity, more effective deployment of its excess capital, improved utilization of existing organizational capacities, expanded geographic coverage of the Company’s market territory, increased deposit market share and improved convenience for its existing customers due to the addition of two new full–service branch offices.


95

Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 18 – ACQUISITIONS (continued)

The following table summarizes the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the date of the acquisition:
 
March 18, 2011
Assets acquired and liabilities assumed:
 
Cash and due from other financial institutions
$
1,353

Interest–bearing deposits in other financial institutions
60,266

Cash and cash equivalents
61,619

Securities
10,177

Loans receivable
118,147

Other real estate owned
6,965

Stock in Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank
903

Premises and equipment, net
7,442

Accrued interest receivable
355

Goodwill
1,296

Core deposit intangible
2,660

FDIC prepaid expense
774

Income tax receivable
774

Deferred taxes, net
2,662

Other assets
42

Total assets acquired
$
213,816

Deposits
$
212,939

Advance payments by borrowers taxes and insurance
34

Accrued interest payable and other liabilities
843

Total liabilities assumed
$
213,816

As noted above, the loans acquired in the Downers Grove National Bank transaction had a fair value of $118.1 million . Included in this amount were $31.9 million of gross purchased loans with evidence of deterioration of credit quality since origination and for which it was probable, at the time of the acquisition, that the Company would be unable to collect all contractually required payments receivable. The Company’s evaluation of purchased loans with evidence of credit quality deterioration as of the acquisition date resulted in the recording of a nonaccretable difference of $13.1 million , which is defined as the loan’s contractually required payments receivable in excess of the amount of the cash flows that are expected to be collected. The Company considered factors such as payment history, collateral values and accrual status in determining whether there was evidence of deterioration of a purchased loan’s credit quality at the acquisition date. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011 , the carrying amount of purchased loans with evidence of loan deterioration at the acquisition date was $3.9 million and $14.6 million , respectively, and the remaining accretable difference was $196,000 and $2.3 million , respectively.
The following table summarizes the unaudited pro forma financial results of operations as if the Company acquired DG Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiary Downers Grove National Bank, on January 1, 2010:
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2011
 
2010
Net interest income (1)
$
64,146

 
$
59,389

Net loss
(50,261
)
 
(16,376
)
Basic loss per common share
$
(2.54
)
 
$
(0.83
)
Diluted loss per common share
(2.54
)
 
(0.83
)
 
    
(1)
Results for DG Bancorp, Inc. include net income or loss from operations for the respective periods.


96

Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 18 – ACQUISITIONS (continued)

The Company completed an acquisition of a portfolio of $152.1 million of performing Chicago area multi-family loans on March 11, 2011. The multi-family loans in this portfolio were originated by Citibank, N.A. and its predecessor by merger, Citibank, F.S.B. At the time of the acquisition, the portfolio consisted of 466 loans with an average loan balance of $327,000 . The loans were purchased at a discount that will be accreted into income on a level–yield basis over the remaining life of the loans. The Company conducted extensive due diligence on this transaction, resulting in the recognition of $396,000 in transaction related expenses in 2011.
NOTE 19 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (Unaudited)
On February 28, 2013, the Company consummated the sale of $1.6 million one-to-four family residential loans. In late 2012, these owner-occupied and investor-owned one-to-four family residential loans were designated as “held for sale” in preparation for a bulk sale. The loans generally involved properties that exhibited significant declines in collateral valuations and/or presented limited resolution options. The designation resulted in a $5.9 million pre-tax charge to provision for loan losses in the 2012 Consolidated Statement of Operations. The completion of this transaction is expected to result in pre-tax gain on sale of loans of approximately $1.3 million .



97

Table of Contents


ITEM 9.
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
Not Applicable.
ITEM 9A.
  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
(a) Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures.
Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, we evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of the end of the fiscal year ( “Evaluation Date”). Based upon that evaluation, the Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer concluded that, as of the Evaluation Date, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.
(b) Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.
The annual report of management on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and the attestation report thereon issued by our independent registered public accounting firm are set forth under “Report of Management on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting” and “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting” under Item 8 - “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
(c) Changes in internal controls.
There were no changes made in our internal controls during the fourth quarter of 2012 or, to our knowledge, in other factors that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect these controls.
See the Certifications pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
ITEM 9B.
OTHER INFORMATION
Not Applicable.
PART III
ITEM 10.
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
Directors and Executive Officers
The information concerning our directors and executive officers required by this item will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by amendment to this Form 10-K, not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year.
Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance
The information concerning compliance with the reporting requirements of Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 by our directors, officers and 10 percent stockholders required by this item will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by amendment to this Form 10-K, not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year.
Code of Ethics
We have adopted a Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, and persons performing similar functions. A copy of our Code of Ethics was attached as Exhibit 14 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 27, 2006. We have also adopted a Code of Business Conduct, pursuant to NASDAQ requirements, that applies generally to our directors, officers, and employees.
ITEM 11.
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information concerning compensation required by this item will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by amendment to this Form 10-K, not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year.
ITEM 12.
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The information concerning security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management required by this item will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by amendment to this Form 10-K, not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year.


98

Table of Contents


Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans
There were none outstanding at December 31, 2012.
ITEM 13.
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
The information concerning certain relationships and related transactions required by this will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by amendment to this Form 10-K, not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year.
ITEM 14.
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
The information concerning principal accountant fees and services will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by amendment to this Form 10-K, not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year.

PART IV
ITEM 15.
EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES  
(a)(1) Financial Statements
The following consolidated financial statement of the registrant and its subsidiaries are filed as part of this document under Item 8 - “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
(A)
Report of Independent Registered Accounting Firm
(B)
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition - at December 31, 2012 and 2011
(C)
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2012 , 2011 and 2010
(D)
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2012 , 2011 and 2010
(E)
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2012 , 2011 and 2010
(F)
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


99

Table of Contents


(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules
None.
(a)(3) Exhibits
The documents set forth below are filed herewith or incorporated herein by reference to the location indicated.


Exhibit

Location
3.1

Articles of Incorporation of BankFinancial Corporation

Exhibit 3.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of the Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 23, 2004
3.2

Bylaws of BankFinancial Corporation

Exhibit 3.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of the Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 23, 2004
3.3

Articles of Amendment to Charter of BankFinancial Corporation

Exhibit 3.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of the Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 23, 2004
3.4

Restated Bylaws of BankFinancial Corporation

Exhibit 3.4 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 15, 2007
4

Form of Common Stock Certificate of BankFinancial Corporation

Exhibit 4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of the Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 23, 2004
10.1

Employee Stock Ownership Plan

Exhib it 10.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of the  Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 23, 2004
10.2

Deferred Compensation Plan

Exhibit 10.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of the Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 23, 2004
10.3

BankFinancial FSB Employment Agreement with F. Morgan Gasior

Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of the Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 5, 2008
10.4

BankFinancial FSB Employment Agreement with James J. Brennan

Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of the Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 5, 2008.
10.5

BankFinancial FSB Employment Agreement with Paul A. Cloutier

Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of the Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 5, 2008
10.6

BankFinancial FSB Employment Agreement with Christa N Calabrese

Exhibit 10.5 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of the Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 5, 2008
10.12

Form of Incentive Stock Option Award Terms

Exhibit 10.1 to the Report on Form 8-K of the Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 5, 2006
10.13

2006 BankFinancial Corporation Equity Incentive Plan

Appendix C to the Definitive Form 14A, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 25, 2006 (File No. 000-51331)
10.14

Form of Performance Based Incentive Stock Option Award Terms

Exhibit 10.2 to the Report on Form 8-K of the Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 5, 2006
10.15

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Terms

Exhibit 10.3 to the Report on Form 8-K of the Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 5, 2006
10.16

Form of Performance Based Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Terms

Exhibit 10.4 to the Report on Form 8-K of the Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 5, 2006


100

Table of Contents




Exhibit

Location
10.17

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement

Exhibit 10.5 to the Report on Form 8-K of the Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 5, 2006
10.18

Form of Performance Based Restricted Stock Award Agreement

Exhibit 10.6 to the Report on Form 8-K of the Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 5, 2006
10.19

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement

Exhibit 10.7 to the Report on Form 8-K of the Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 5, 2006
10.20

Form of Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement

Exhibit 10.8 to the Report on Form 8-K of the Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 5, 2006
10.25

BankFinancial Corporation Employment Agreement with F. Morgan Gasior

Exhibit 10.1 to the Report on Form 8-K of the Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 20, 2008
10.26

BankFinancial Corporation Employment Agreement with Paul A. Cloutier

Exhibit 10.2 to the Report on Form 8-K of the Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 20, 2008
10.27

BankFinancial Corporation Employment Agreement with James J. Brennan

Exhibit 10.3 to the Report on Form 8-K of the Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 20, 2008.
10.28

BankFinancial Corporation Employment Agreement with Elizabeth A. Doolan

Exhibit 10.28 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 23, 2009.
10.29

BankFinancial FSB Employment Agreement with Elizabeth A. Doolan

Exhibit 10.29 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 23, 2009.
10.30

BankFinancial FSB Employment Agreement with Gregg T. Adams

Exhibit 10.30 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K/A of the Company originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 30, 2010.
10.31

BankFinancial FSB Employment Agreement with John G. Manos

Exhibit 10.31 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K/A of the Company originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 30, 2010.
10.32

BankFinancial FSB Employment Agreement with William J. Deutsch, Jr.

Exhibit 10.32 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K/A of the Company originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 2, 2011.
10.33

Form of Amendment No. 1 to BankFinancial FSB Employment Agreement

Filed herewith
10.34

Form of Amendment No. 1 to BankFinancial FSB Employment Agreement

Filed herewith
10.35

Form of Amendment No. 1 to BankFinancial Corporation Employment Agreement

Filed herewith
14

Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers

Exhibit 14 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 27, 2006
21

Subsidiaries of Registrant

Exhibit 21 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of the Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 23, 2004
23

Consent of Crowe Horwath LLP

Filed herewith
31.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Filed herewith
31.2

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Filed herewith
32

Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002*

Furnished herewith


101

Table of Contents




Exhibit

Location
101

The following financial statements from the BankFinancial Corporation Quarterly Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012, formatted in Extensive Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (i) consolidated statement of conditions, (ii) consolidated statements of operations, (iii) consolidated statements of cash flows and (iv) the notes to consolidated financial statements.

Furnished herewith
•
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.


102

Table of Contents


SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
 
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
Date:
March 11, 2013
By:
/s/ F. Morgan Gasior
 
 
 
F. Morgan Gasior
 
 
 
Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President
 
 
 
(Duly Authorized Representative)
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signatures

Title

Date
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ F. Morgan Gasior

Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President

March 11, 2013
F. Morgan Gasior
 
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Paul A. Cloutier

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

March 11, 2013
Paul A. Cloutier
 
(Principal Financial Officer)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Elizabeth A. Doolan

Senior Vice President and Controller

March 11, 2013
Elizabeth A. Doolan
 
(Principal Accounting Officer)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Cassandra J. Francis

Director

March 11, 2013
Cassandra J. Francis
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ John M. Hausmann

Director

March 11, 2013
John M. Hausmann
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Thomas F. O'Neill

Director

March 11, 2013
Thomas F. O'Neill
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Joseph A. Schudt

Director

March 11, 2013
Joseph A. Schudt
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Terry R. Wells

Director

March 11, 2013
Terry R. Wells
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Glen R. Wherfel

Director

March 11, 2013
Glen R. Wherfel
 
 
 
 


103



FORM OF AMENDMENT NO. 1 OF THE BANKFINANCIAL, F.S.B. AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
Exhibit 10.33

AMENDMENT NO. 1 OF THE
BANKFINANCIAL, F.S.B.
AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

AMENDMENT NO. 1 of the AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT by and between BankFinancial, F.S.B. (the “ Bank ”) and Name (the “ Executive ”) dated May 6, 2008 (the “ Agreement ”), which amendment is effective on December 31, 2012 (the “ Effective Date ”).
WHEREAS, pursuant to and subject to Section 11 of the Agreement, the parties may amend the Agreement by a written agreement.
WHEREAS, the parties desire to amend the Agreement in accordance with Internal Revenue Service Guidance under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:
1.
The last two sentences of Section 6(b) are replaced with the following: “Amounts payable under Subsection (ii) and (iv) of this Section 6(b) shall be paid as provided in Section (j) and as may be required to be deferred pursuant to Section 24.”
2.
The last two sentences of Section 6(c) are replaced with the following: “Amounts payable under Subsection (ii) and (iv) of this Section 6(c) shall be paid as provided in Section (j) and as may be required to be deferred pursuant to Section 24.”
3.
The last two sentences of Section 6(e) are replaced with the following: “Amounts payable under this Section 6(e) shall be paid as provided in Section (j) and as may be required to be deferred pursuant to Section 24.”
4.
The last sentence of Section 6(f) is replaced with the following: “Amounts payable under this Section 6(f) shall be paid as provided in Section (j).”
5. Section 6(j) is amended to read as follows:
“ (j)      General Release and Time of Payment . In consideration of the Bank's agreements with respect to the monetary payments and other benefits provided for in Section 6 of this Agreement (which payments and benefits exceed the nature and scope of that to which Executive would have been legally entitled to receive absent this Agreement), and as a condition precedent to Executive's receipt of such payments and other benefits, Executive (or in the event of Executive's death, Executive's executor, trustee, administrator or personal representative, as applicable), shall execute and deliver to the Bank a general release in favor of the Bank and its Affiliates (as defined below) not later than twenty‑two (22) days after Executive's termination of employment, releasing all claims, demands, causes of actions and liabilities arising out of this Agreement, Executive's employment or the termination thereof, including, but not limited to, claims, demands, causes of action and liabilities for wages, back pay, front pay, attorney's fees, other sums of money, insurance, benefits, or contracts; and all claims, demands, causes of actions and liabilities arising out of or under the statutory, common law or other rules, orders or regulations of the United States or any State or political subdivision thereof, whether now existed or hereinafter enacted or adopted, including the Age Discrimination in Employment Act and the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, and subject to the applicable waiting or rescission periods thereunder, the Bank shall pay the amounts due under the applicable Section 6(b), (c), (e), or (f) in one (1) lump sum on the sixtieth (60th) day following the date of Executive's termination of employment. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary herein, the general release shall not release, and shall expressly reserve, any unperformed obligations of the Bank under this Agreement, or of BFC under the 2006 EIP or the BFC Agreement, to Executive.”
6. In all other respects, the Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.




IN WITNESS WHEREOF , BankFinancial, F.S.B. has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officer and Executive has signed this Agreement as set forth below.
BANKFINANCIAL, F.S.B.
EXECUTIVE
By:

Its:
Date: December ____, 2012


Date: December ____, 2012

Named Executive Officers who are parties to this amendment:
F. Morgan Gasior
Paul A. Cloutier
James J. Brennan
Christa N. Calabrese





FORM OF AMENDMENT NO. 1 OF THE BANKFINANCIAL, F.S.B. AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
Exhibit 10.34

AMENDMENT NO. 1 OF THE
BANKFINANCIAL, F.S.B.
AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

AMENDMENT NO. 1 of the AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT by and between BankFinancial, F.S.B. (the “ Bank ”) and Name (the “ Executive ”) dated May 6, 2008 (the “ Agreement ”), which amendment is effective on December 31, 2012 (the “ Effective Date ”).
WHEREAS, pursuant to and subject to Section 11 of the Agreement, the parties may amend the Agreement by a written agreement.
WHEREAS, the parties desire to amend the Agreement in accordance with Internal Revenue Service Guidance under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:
1.
The last sentence of Section 6(b) is replaced with the following: “Amounts payable under Subsections (ii) and (iv) of this Section 6(b) shall be paid as provided in Section 6(i).”
2.
The last sentence of Section 6(c) is replaced with the following: “Amounts payable under Subsections (ii) and (iv) of this Section 6(c) shall be paid as provided in Section 6(i).”
3.
The last sentence of Section 6(e) is replaced with the following: “Amounts payable under this Section 6(e) shall be paid as provided in Section 6(i).”
4.
The last sentence of Section 6(f) is replaced with the following: “Subject to the delivery (and non-revocation) of the executed general release as provided for in Section (i), amounts payable under this Section 6(f) shall be paid in a single lump sum on the Bank's regular payroll date sixty (60) days after the date of Executive's death.”
5.
Section 6(i) is replaced with the following:
“ (i)      General Release and Time of Payment . In consideration of the Bank's agreements with respect to the monetary payments and other benefits provided for in Section 6 of this Agreement (which payments and benefits exceed the nature and scope of that to which Executive would have been legally entitled to receive absent this Agreement), and as a condition precedent to Executive's receipt of such payments and other benefits, Executive (or in the event of Executive's death, Executive's executor, trustee, administrator or personal representative, as applicable), shall execute and deliver to the Bank a general release in favor of the Bank and its Affiliates (as defined below) releasing all claims, demands, causes of actions and liabilities arising out of this Agreement, Executive's employment or the termination thereof, including, but not limited to, claims, demands, causes of action and liabilities for wages, back pay, front pay, attorney's fees, other sums of money, insurance, benefits, or contracts; and all claims, demands, causes of actions and liabilities arising out of or under the statutory, common law or other rules, orders or regulations of the United States or any State or political subdivision thereof, whether now existed or hereinafter enacted or adopted, including the Age Discrimination in Employment Act and the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, and no further payments shall be due Executive until such time as all applicable waiting or rescission periods thereunder shall have expired or shall have been waived. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary herein, the general release shall not release, and shall expressly reserve, any unperformed obligations of the Bank under this Agreement. The general release shall be executed and delivered no later than twenty-two (22) days after the effective date of termination (or such longer period of time to the extent required by law) and, provided the general release is not revoked, the amounts payable under Subsections 6(b)(ii) and (iv), 6(c)(ii) and (iv), and 6(e) shall be paid in equal installments over the period beginning on the sixtieth (60th) day following the effective date of termination and continuing through the Bank's first regular payroll date after the date the Employment Period would have expired if Executive's employment had not been sooner terminated; provided, however, that any such installments that would have been paid in the sixty (60) day period following the effective date of termination but for the release requirement shall be paid on the date the first installment is paid and the remaining installments shall be paid




over the balance of the period continuing through the Bank's first regular payroll date after the date the Employment Period would have expired if Executive's employment had not been sooner terminated. Provided, however, that to the extent any portion of the applicable payment amount under Section 6(c) or (e) exceeds the “safe harbor” amount described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A), the Executive shall receive such portion of the applicable payment that exceeds the “safe harbor” amount in a single lump sum payment on the first payroll date following the sixtieth (60th) day after the Executive's termination.”
6. In all other respects, the Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , BankFinancial, F.S.B. has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officer and Executive has signed this Agreement as of the date set forth below.
BANKFINANCIAL, F.S.B.
EXECUTIVE
By:

Its:
Date: December _____, 2012
Date: December _____, 2012

Named Executive Officers who are parties to this amendment:
Gregg T. Adams




FORM OF AMENDMENT NO. 1 OF THE BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
Exhibit 10.35
AMENDMENT NO. 1 OF THE
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
AMENDMENT NO. 1 of the EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT by and between BankFinancial Corporation (the “ Company ”) and Name (the “ Executive ”) dated October 20, 2008 (the “ Agreement ”), which amendment is effective on December 31, 2012 (the “ Effective Date ”).
WHEREAS, pursuant to and subject to Section 12 of the Agreement, the parties may amend the Agreement by a written agreement.
WHEREAS, the parties desire to amend the Agreement in accordance with Internal Revenue Service Guidance under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:
1.
The last two sentences of Section 6(b) are replaced with the following:
“Amounts payable under Subsection (ii) and (iv) of this Section 6(b) shall be paid as provided in Section (h) and as may be required to be deferred pursuant to Section 25.”
2.
The last two sentences of Section 6(c) are replaced with the following:
“Amounts payable under Subsection (ii) and (iv) of this Section 6(c) shall be paid as provided in Section (h) and as may be required to be deferred pursuant to Section 25.”
3.
The last two sentences of Section 6(e) are replaced with the following:
“Amounts payable under this Section 6(e) shall be paid as provided in Section (h) and as may be required to be deferred pursuant to Section 25.”
4.
The last sentence of Section 6(f) is replaced with the following:
“Amounts payable under this Section 6(f) shall be paid as provided in Section (h).”
5.
Section 6(h) is amended to read as follows:
“ (h)      General Release and Time of Payment . In consideration of the Company's agreements with respect to the monetary payments and other benefits provided for in Section 6 of this Agreement (which payments and benefits exceed the nature and scope of that to which Executive would have been legally entitled to receive absent this Agreement), and as a condition precedent to Executive's receipt of such payments and other benefits, Executive (or in the event of Executive's death, Executive's executor, trustee, administrator or personal representative, as applicable), shall execute and deliver to the Company a general release in favor of the Company and its Affiliates (as defined below) not later than twenty‑two (22) days after Executive's termination of employment, releasing all claims, demands, causes of actions and liabilities arising out of this Agreement, Executive's employment or the termination thereof, including, but not limited to, claims, demands, causes of action and liabilities for wages, back pay, front pay, attorney's fees, other sums of money, insurance, benefits, or contracts; and all claims, demands, causes of actions and liabilities arising out of or under the statutory, common law or other rules, orders or regulations of the United States or any State or political subdivision thereof, whether now existed or hereinafter enacted or adopted, including the Age Discrimination in Employment Act and the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, and subject to the applicable waiting or rescission periods thereunder, the Company shall pay the amounts due under the applicable Section 6(b), (c), (e), or (f) in one (1) lump sum on the sixtieth (60th) day following the date of Executive's termination of employment. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary herein, the general release shall not release, and shall expressly reserve, any unperformed obligations of the Company under this Agreement, or of the Bank under the 2006 EIP or the Bank Agreement, to Executive.”
6. In all other respects, the Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.





IN WITNESS WHEREOF , BankFinancial Corporation has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officer and Executive has signed this Agreement as set forth below.
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
EXECUTIVE
By:

Its:
Date: December ____, 2012



Date: December ____, 2012

Named Executive Officers who are parties to this amendment:
F. Morgan Gasior
Paul A. Cloutier
James J. Brennan





Exhibit 23
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements No. 333-127737 and No. 333-137082 on Form S-8 of BankFinancial Corporation, of our report dated March 11, 2013 , with respect to the consolidated financial statements of BankFinancial Corporation and the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, which report appears in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of BankFinancial Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2012 .
/s/ Crowe Horwath LLP
Oak Brook, Illinois
March 11, 2013




Exhibit 31.1
Certification of Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
I, F. Morgan Gasior, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of BankFinancial Corporation, a Maryland corporation;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation;
d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a)
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
c)

Date:
March 11, 2013
 
 
 
/s/ F. Morgan Gasior
 
 
 
 
 
F. Morgan Gasior
 
 
 
 
 
Chairman of the Board,
Chief Executive Officer and President

 





Exhibit 31.2
Certification of Chief Financial Officer
Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
I, Paul A. Cloutier, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of BankFinancial Corporation, a Maryland corporation;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation;
d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a)
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
Date:
March 11, 2013
 
 
 
/s/ Paul A. Cloutier
 
 
 
 
 
Paul A. Cloutier
 
 
 
 
 
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer




Exhibit 32
Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer
Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes- Oxley Act of 2002
F. Morgan Gasior, Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President of BankFinancial Corporation, a Maryland corporation (the “Company”) and Paul A. Cloutier, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, each certify in his capacity as an officer of the Company that he has reviewed the annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 (the “Report”) and that to the best of his knowledge:
1.
the Report fully complies with the requirements of Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
2.
the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Date:
March 11, 2013

 
 
/s/ F. Morgan Gasior
 
 
 
 
 
F. Morgan Gasior
 
 
 
 
 
Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer
and President
Date:
March 11, 2013
 
 
 
/s/ Paul A. Cloutier
 
 
 
 
 
Paul A. Cloutier
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.